MACATAWA BANK CORP
SB-2/A, 1998-03-13
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: ISS GROUP INC, 8-A12G, 1998-03-13
Next: HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT INC, S-1, 1998-03-13



     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 13, 1998
                                                      Registration No. 333-45755
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
                                    FORM SB-2
    

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)
                                     -------

        Michigan                          6712                      38-3391345
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number)    Identification
                                                                No.)

                                51 E. Main Street
                             Zeeland, Michigan 49464
                                 (616) 748-9491
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
        including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)


                               Benj. A. Smith, III
                                51 E. Main Street
                             Zeeland, Michigan 49464
                                 (616) 748-9491
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)


                                   Copies to:
                                Donald L. Johnson
                    Varnum, Riddering, Schmidt & Howlett LLP
                                   Suite 1700
                             333 Bridge Street, N.W.
                          Grand Rapids, Michigan 49504
                                 (616) 336-6000
                                John E. Freechack
                          Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum
                               Perlman & Nagelberg
                                   Suite 2700
                               333 W. Wacker Drive
                             Chicago, Illinois 60606
                                 (312) 984-3100

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.[ ]
<TABLE>
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Title of Each                                  Proposed Maximum        Proposed Maximum
  Class of Securities         Amount to be           Offering Price        Aggregate Offering            Amount of
   Being Registered           Registered(1)             Per Share                 Price              Registration Fee
- -----------------------  ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------  -------------------
<S>                             <C>                      <C>                   <C>                        <C>           
Common Stock (no par
value)                          1,495,000                $10.00                $14,950,000                $4,411
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  Includes 195,000 shares subject to the Underwriter's over-allotment option.

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.


                     SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED                         , 1998
[legend]
                                   PROSPECTUS

                                1,300,000 Shares

                        MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION [logo]

                                  Common Stock

     All of the  shares  of common  stock,  no par value  (the  "Common  Stock")
offered hereby are being sold by Macatawa Bank Corporation  (the  "Company"),  a
Michigan  corporation.  The Company owns all of the outstanding  common stock of
Macatawa Bank, a Michigan  banking  corporation with its main office in Zeeland,
Michigan (the "Bank"). Prior to this offering (the "Offering") there has been no
public  trading  market for the Common Stock.  The  Underwriter  has advised the
Company  that it  anticipates  making a market  in the  Common  Stock  following
completion of this Offering.  See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors
considered in determining the initial public offering price. The Company expects
that  quotations for the Common Stock will be reported on the OTC Bulletin Board
under the symbol "----."

                             ----------------------

     The Common Stock offered by this Prospectus involves a high degree of risk.
Investors should not invest any funds in this Offering unless they can afford to
lose   their   entire    investment.    See   "Risk    Factors"   on   page   6.
- ----------------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMIS-
          SION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
            ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
                                                                     Underwriting Discounts           Proceeds to
                                       Price to Public               and Commissions (1) (2)          Company (3)
<S>                                      <C>                               <C>                           <C>
Per Share. . . . . . . . . . .              $10.00                            $0.70                       $9.30
Total (4). . . . . . . . . . .           $13,000,000                       $630,000                  $12,370,000
==============================  =============================  ================================== ====================
</TABLE>
(1)      The  Underwriter  has agreed  with the  Company  that the  Underwriting
         Discounts and Commissions will be reduced to $0.525 per share for sales
         to certain  investors  identified on a list provided to the Underwriter
         by the Company,  and to $0.30 per share for sales by the Underwriter to
         certain Affiliated Purchasers.  There will be no Underwriting Discounts
         and Commissions with respect to 400,000 shares of Common Stock expected
         to be sold to persons who were  shareholders  of the  Company  prior to
         this Offering.  The Proceeds to Company have been  calculated  assuming
         Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions of $0.70 per share, except with
         respect to 400,000 shares to be sold with no Underwriting Discounts and
         Commissions. See "Underwriting."
(2)      The Company  has agreed  to indemnify  the Underwriter  against certain
         liabilities, including under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
         See "Underwriting."
(3)      Before  deducting estimated offering expenses payable by the Company of
         $170,406.
(4)      The Company has granted the  Underwriter a 30-day option to purchase up
         to  195,000  additional  shares  of its  Common  Stock  solely to cover
         over-allotments,  if any. If the  Underwriter  exercises such option in
         full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
         and Proceeds to Company will be $14,950,000,  $766,500 and $14,183,500,
         respectively. See "Underwriting."

     The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriter  subject to prior
sale,  when, as and if delivered to and accepted by it, and subject to the right
of the Underwriter to withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders
in whole or in part.  It is expected that delivery of the shares of Common Stock
will  be  made on or  about  __________________,  1998.  Robert  W.  Baird & Co.
Incorporated The date of this Prospectus is , 1998.

                 
                             ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO.
                                  Incorporated
              The date of this Prospectus is _____________, 1998.
<PAGE>
                    [INSERT MAP OF OTTAWA COUNTY MARKET AREA]









                              ---------------------

     THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK  OFFERED  HEREBY ARE NOT  SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS  OR
DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  ANY
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR OTHERWISE. 
                             ----------------------

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY AT A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  STABILIZING,  IF  COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED  AT ANY  TIME.
                             ----------------------

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company is not currently a reporting company pursuant to the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), but will file the reports
required to be filed  thereunder  for the Company's 1998 fiscal year and for any
other periods for which the Exchange  Act's  requirements  apply to the Company.
The  Company,  which has a December 31 fiscal  year end,  intends to furnish its
shareholders with annual reports containing  audited financial  information and,
for the first three quarters of each fiscal year,  quarterly reports  containing
unaudited financial information.

                                        2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified  in its entirety by the more  detailed
information and financial  statements  appearing  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.
Unless the context clearly suggests otherwise,  financial  information and other
references  in this  Prospectus  to the  Company  include  the  Bank.  Except as
otherwise  indicated,  all information in this Prospectus assumes no exercise of
Underwriter's over-allotment option.

The Company

   
     The Company is a bank holding  company  incorporated in 1997 under Michigan
law and owns all of the common  stock of the Bank.  The Bank was  organized  and
commenced  operations  in  November,  1997 as a  Michigan  chartered  bank  with
depository  accounts insured by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation (the
"FDIC")  to the  extent  permitted  by law.  The Bank  provides  a full range of
commercial  and  consumer  banking  services,  primarily in the  communities  of
Holland  and  Zeeland,   Michigan,  as  well  as  the  surrounding  market  area
principally  located in Ottawa  County,  Michigan.  As of December 31, 1997, the
Company had total assets of $10.7  million,  total  deposits of $2.7 million and
shareholders'  equity of $8.0 million.  As of February 28, 1998, the Company had
2,272 deposit accounts and total deposits of $16.1 million.

     The Bank is a full service  bank  offering a wide range of  commercial  and
personal banking services.  These services include checking and savings accounts
(including certificates of deposit), safe deposit boxes, travelers checks, money
orders and commercial, mortgage and consumer loans. As of February 28, 1998, the
Bank had 25 full-time and 3 part-time employees.  The Company's headquarters and
the Bank's  main  office is located at 51 E. Main Street in the City of Zeeland,
Michigan 49464 and the telephone  number is (616) 748-9491.  The Bank also has a
full  service  branch  office and a loan  production  branch  office in Holland,
Michigan.
    

Reason for Starting Macatawa Bank

     The  expansion  of  interstate   banking  has  contributed  to  substantial
consolidation  of the banking  industry in  Michigan,  including  the  Company's
market area. Many of the area's locally owned or managed financial  institutions
have either been acquired by large regional bank holding  companies or have been
consolidated into branches of other financial institutions. In many cases, these
acquisitions and  consolidations  have been accompanied by pricing changes,  the
dissolution of local boards of directors,  management and personnel changes and,
in the  perception  of the  Company's  management,  a  decline  in the  level of
customer service. As a recent example,  First Michigan Bank Corporation ("FMB"),
which was previously  headquartered in Holland,  Michigan, was the dominant bank
in the Holland-Zeeland market in Ottawa County, Michigan. In September 1997, FMB
was acquired by  Huntington  Bancshares  Incorporated,  a bank  holding  company
headquartered  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  and the boards of directors of FMB's former
subsidiary  banks were dissolved.  As another recent  example,  First of America
Bank Corporation,  which is headquartered in western Michigan,  has agreed to be
acquired by a large bank holding company headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio.

   
     Although the banking industry remains competitive, management believes that
the  consolidation of the banking  industry has created a favorable  opportunity
for a new  commercial  bank to offer  services to customers  who wish to conduct
business with a locally owned and managed bank. Management has been and believes
that it will continue to be  successful  in attracting as customers  individuals
and small to medium sized  businesses  by  demonstrating  an active  interest in
their  business  and  personal  financial  affairs.  The  Company  seeks to take
advantage of this opportunity by emphasizing the Company's local management, and
their strong ties and active commitment to the community.  The Bank is currently
the only locally managed independent commercial bank with its main office in the
Holland-Zeeland area.
    

                                        3
<PAGE>
Market Area

     The Bank's market area includes the cities of Holland and Zeeland,  and the
Interstate  I-196 corridor from Holland on the west and extending  approximately
20 miles east through Zeeland,  Hudsonville and Jenison,  Michigan. Most of this
market area is located in the southern  half of Ottawa  County,  Michigan.  This
area includes several growing  communities and has a stable and diverse economic
base. The  Holland-Zeeland  area has a population of approximately  93,000,  and
Ottawa County has a population of  approximately  200,000.  The  Holland-Zeeland
area had an estimated median household income in 1997 of approximately  $43,600.
Over 300 manufacturers  have operations in the Holland- Zeeland area,  including
several  manufacturers in the office furniture and automotive supply industries.
Major Ottawa County employers include Donnelly Corporation, Herman Miller, Inc.,
Haworth,  Inc. and Johnson Controls.  Management believes that the market area's
diverse commercial base provides significant  opportunities for business banking
services as well as personal  banking  services for the owners and  employees of
the area's businesses.

Management

   
     The officers and directors of the Company are  recognized  and  established
individuals in their local  communities.  The  management  team assembled by the
Company  represents a wide range of business,  banking and investment  knowledge
and  experience.  They have  established  and  maintained  significant  customer
relationships  in the Bank's  market area which they expect to draw upon for the
benefit of the Bank. The majority of the Company's  management team have a least
10 years of banking  experience,  and  several key  personnel  have more than 20
years of banking  experience.  Management  believes  that their years of banking
experience and their existing  customer contacts in this market offer the Bank a
substantial  opportunity to continue to attract new  relationships for the Bank.
The Company does not  maintain key man life  insurance on any of its officers or
directors.
    

     The  Company's  officers  and  directors  have a shared  vision of  focused
community banking and a commitment to the future growth and success of the Bank.
The Company's  vision is to build a quality,  full-service  community  bank that
offers competitive financial products and superior customer service. Fundamental
to the  Company's  vision  is  the  building  of  long-term  relationships  with
customers.  The Company maintains its community focus by hiring local people and
placing strong emphasis on local presence and local community support.

Strategy

     The Company is a customer-driven financial institution focused on providing
high  value  to  clients  by  delivering  products  and  services  in  a  highly
personalized  manner.  Management believes that the Bank can attract clients who
prefer to conduct business with a locally-managed  institution that demonstrates
an active interest in their business and personal financial affairs.

     The  Company  competes  for  loans  principally   through  its  ability  to
communicate  effectively  with its customers  and to  understand  and meet their
needs.  Management  believes  that the  Company's  personal  service  philosophy
enhances its ability to compete  favorably in attracting  individuals  and small
businesses.  The Company  actively  solicits  retail  customers and competes for
deposits by offering  customers  personal  attention,  professional  service and
competitive  interest rates.  The Bank's  experienced  staff provides a superior
level of personalized service,  which enables the Bank to generate competitively
priced loans and deposits.

     The Bank has entered into agreements with third-party  service providers to
provide  customers with products and services such as credit cards,  debit cards
and ATM  cards.  The use of  third-party  service  providers  allows the Bank to
remain at the forefront of technology while minimizing the costs of delivery.

                                        4
<PAGE>
                                  The Offering

Securities 
   offered..........1,300,000 shares of Common Stock.

Initial offering
   price............$10.00 per share of Common Stock.

Common Stock to be
  outstanding after
  this Offering.....2,240,125 shares (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment
                    option).

   
Use of proceeds
  by the Company....The net proceeds to the Company from this Offering (assuming
                    no exercise of the  over-allotment  option) are estimated to
                    be  $12,199,594.  The net proceeds  (including  any proceeds
                    from an exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option)
                    will generally be used to strengthen  the Company's  capital
                    position  in  anticipation  of future  growth  and for other
                    general  corporate   purposes.   The  Company  expects  that
                    substantially all of the net proceeds will be contributed to
                    the Bank in the near future to strengthen the Bank's capital
                    position,  to allow the Bank to open or  acquire  additional
                    branches,  or for other general corporate purposes.  Pending
                    their  application for any or all of such purposes,  the net
                    proceeds  will  be  invested  in  United  States  government
                    securities and investment grade financial  instruments.  See
                    "Use of Proceeds."
    

Risk factors........The purchase of the  securities  offered  hereby  involves a
                    high degree of risk and should be considered only by persons
                    who  can  afford  to   sustain   the  total  loss  of  their
                    investment. See "Risk Factors."
<TABLE>
   
                                        Summary Consolidated Financial Data

                                         As of December 31, 1997                      As of February 28, 1998
                                  -----------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
                                      Actual                As Adjusted (1)       Actual             As Adjusted(1)
                                  ------------------       ----------------    ----------------     ----------------
Balance Sheet Data:                                                              (unaudited)
<S>                                <C>                      <C>                <C>                   <C>           
Cash and securities...........     $  9,415,520             $21,615,114        $15,264,748           $27,464,342
Total loans...................          497,704                 497,704          7,562,015             7,562,015
Total assets..................       10,722,193              22,921,787         23,833,280            36,032,874
Total deposits................        2,712,223               2,712,223         16,124,420            16,124,420
Total liabilities.............        2,750,186               2,750,186         16,172,331            16,172,331
Retained deficit..............         (165,525)               (165,525)          (476,319)             (476,319)
Shareholders' equity..........     $  7,972,007             $20,171,601         $7,660,949           $19,860,543
  -----------------
</TABLE>
    
(1)      Adjusted to reflect the estimated net proceeds from the shares  offered
         hereby.  The net proceeds have been  calculated  assuming  Underwriting
         Discounts and  Commissions  of $0.70 per share,  except with respect to
         400,000  shares  to  be  sold  with  no   Underwriting   Discounts  and
         Commissions. See "Use of Proceeds."


                                        5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

     The Common Stock offered hereby is  speculative,  involves a high degree of
risk and should be  considered  only by persons who can afford the loss of their
entire  investment.  The following  constitute some of the potential risks of an
investment in the Common Stock and should be carefully considered by prospective
investors prior to purchasing shares of Common Stock. The order of the following
is not intended to be  indicative  of the relative  importance  of any described
risk nor is the following intended to be inclusive of all risks of investment in
the Common Stock.

Limited Operating History; Significant Initial Losses Expected

   
     The Bank began  operations on November 25, 1997, and the Company became the
holding company for the Bank on February 23, 1998. The Bank and the Company have
a limited operating history. The business of the Company and the Bank is subject
to the risks inherent in the  establishment  of a new business  enterprise.  The
Company's  profitability  will depend  primarily upon the Bank's  operations and
there is no assurance that the Bank will ever operate profitably. As a result of
initial expenditures to form the Bank and establish branches,  together with the
time necessary to more fully utilize its capital and generate  operating income,
the Bank (and thus the Company) can be expected to incur  significant  operating
losses  during its initial  years of  operations.  As of February 28, 1998,  the
Company had a retained deficit of $476,319.
    

Need for Capital

     Although the Company does not currently  anticipate the need for additional
capital in the foreseeable future to conduct its business activities, additional
capital  beyond the  Company's  present  capital and the  capital  which will be
provided by this  Offering and any amounts  likely to be generated by the Bank's
operations over the next several years may be necessary before the Company could
undertake any  significant  acquisitions  or other  expansion of its operations.
There can be no assurance that any funds necessary to finance such  acquisitions
or expansion will be available.  Regulatory  capital  requirements and borrowing
restrictions which apply to the Bank and the Company may also have the effect of
constraining  future  growth.  To the extent the Company relies upon the sale of
additional equity securities to finance future expansion, such sale could result
in significant  dilution to the interests of persons  purchasing  shares in this
Offering.

Ability to Achieve and Profitably Manage Growth and Expansion

   
     The Company's  strategy includes  increasing its deposits,  loans and other
assets and adding  additional  branches.  The  ability to achieve and manage the
Company's  growth and expansion will depend in part on the Company's  ability to
continue to attract and retain capable management and operations  personnel.  In
addition,  upon completion of this Offering the Company will have  shareholders'
equity of approximately  $19.9 million,  which is more capital than is necessary
or required for the  Company's  present  operations  under  applicable  laws and
regulations.  A  significant  portion of the net proceeds of this  Offering will
initially  be  invested  in  United  States  government   securities  and  other
investment grade securities, which typically offer rates of return that are less
than the rates of returns earned by the Company on loans to its customers.  As a
result, the Company's  financial  performance in the near future as reflected in
financial  measures such as return on assets,  return on equity and net earnings
per share is likely to be less favorable than the financial  performance of many
of  the  Company's  competitors.   The  Company's  ability  to  more  fully  and
effectively  utilize its capital and  improve  its  financial  performance  will
depend  on the  Company's  ability  to make  additional  loans.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to make  enough  additional  loans to
achieve  competitive  returns for its shareholders or to effectively  manage its
growth and expansion.
    

Government Regulation and Monetary Policy

   
         The  Company and the Bank are  subject to  extensive  state and federal
governmental supervision and regulation. Existing state and federal banking laws
subject the Bank to substantial  limitations with respect to loans,  purchase of
securities, payment of dividends and many other aspects of its banking business.
These limitations include a

                                       6
<PAGE>
requirement  that the Bank maintain a ratio of Tier 1 leverage  capital to total
assets for the first  three years of at least 8% and  maintain an adequate  loan
loss reserve. The Bank currently maintains a ratio of Tier 1 leverage capital to
total assets in excess of the required 8%. There can be no assurance that future
legislation or government  policy will not adversely affect the banking industry
or the operations of the Bank.  Federal  economic and monetary policy may affect
the Bank's  ability to attract  deposits,  make loans and  achieve  satisfactory
interest spreads. See "Supervision and Regulation."
    

No Assurance of Dividends

     It is  anticipated  that no dividends  will be paid on the Common Stock for
the  immediately  foreseeable  future.  It is likely  that the  Company  will be
largely  dependent upon dividends paid by the Bank for funds to pay dividends on
the Common Stock,  if and when such  dividends  are declared.  The Bank does not
anticipate  paying dividends during the foreseeable  future. No assurance can be
given that  future  earnings of the Bank,  and any  resulting  dividends  to the
Company,  will be sufficient to permit the legal payment of dividends to Company
shareholders at any time in the future.  Even if the Company may legally declare
dividends,  the amount and timing of such dividends will be at the discretion of
the Company's Board of Directors.  The Board may in its sole  discretion  decide
not to declare  dividends.  For a more detailed  discussion of other  regulatory
limitations  on the payment of cash  dividends  by the  Company,  see  "Dividend
Policy."

Competition

     The Company and the Bank face strong  competition  for deposits,  loans and
other financial services from numerous Michigan and out-of-state banks, thrifts,
credit unions and other  financial  institutions as well as other entities which
provide  financial  services.  Some of the financial  institutions and financial
services  organizations  with which the Bank will compete are not subject to the
same degree of  regulation  as the Bank.  Many of these  financial  institutions
aggressively  compete for  business  in the Bank's  market  area.  Most of these
competitors  have been in business  for many years,  have  established  customer
bases, are larger,  have  substantially  higher lending limits than the Bank and
will be  able  to  offer  certain  services,  including  numerous  branches  and
international   banking   services,   that  the  Bank  can  offer  only  through
correspondents.  In  addition,  most of  these  entities  have  greater  capital
resources  than the Bank,  which,  among other  things,  may allow them to price
their  services at levels more  favorable to the customer and to provide  larger
credit facilities than could the Bank. The dominant  competitor in the Company's
market area is Huntington  Bancshares  Incorporated,  headquartered in Columbus,
Ohio, which acquired FMB in September 1997.  Another  significant  competitor in
the market area is First of America  which  recently  agreed to be acquired by a
large bank holding company  headquartered  in Cleveland,  Ohio. See "Business --
Market Area" and "Business -- Competition."  Additionally,  federal and Michigan
legislation  regarding  interstate  branching  and  banking  may act to increase
competition in the future from larger  out-of-state  banks. See "Supervision and
Regulation."

Dependence on Management

   
     The  Company  and the Bank are,  and for the  foreseeable  future  will be,
dependent upon the services of their management team, including the President of
the Bank,  and other senior  managers  retained by the Bank.  The loss of one or
more key members of the management team could adversely affect the operations of
the Company and the Bank.  The Company does not maintain key man life  insurance
on  any  of  its  officers  or  directors.   See  "Business  --  Employees"  and
"Management."
    

Discretion in Use of Proceeds

     The  Offering  is  intended  to raise  funds to  generally  strengthen  the
Company's  capital position in anticipation of future growth of the Bank and for
other general corporate purposes.  While management currently has no such plans,
if opportunities  arise, some of the proceeds of the Offering could also be used
to finance  acquisitions  of other  financial  institutions,  branches  of other
institutions,  or  expansion  into other  lines of business  closely  related to
banking. However, management will retain discretion in employing the proceeds of
the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

                                       7
<PAGE>
Lending Risks and Lending Limits

     The risk of nonpayment of loans is inherent in commercial banking, and such
nonpayment,  if it occurs,  may have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
earnings  and  overall  financial  condition  as well as the value of the Common
Stock. Moreover, the Bank's focus on small-to-medium sized businesses may result
in a larger concentration of loans by the Bank to such businesses.  As a result,
the Bank may  assume  greater  lending  risks  than  banks  which  have a lesser
concentration  of such  loans  and  tend  to make  loans  to  larger  companies.
Management  attempts  to  minimize  the  Bank's  credit  exposure  by  carefully
monitoring the concentration of its loans within specific industries and through
prudent loan application and approval procedures,  but there can be no assurance
that its monitoring and procedures  will reduce such lending risks  sufficiently
to avoid material losses.

   
     The Bank's legal lending limit prior to this Offering is approximately $1.9
million.  The Board of Directors has  established  an  "in-house"  limit of $1.5
million.  To the extent the net proceeds of this Offering are contributed to the
Bank,  the  legal  lending  limit and  "in-house"  limit  may  change.  Upon the
contribution of the net proceeds of this Offering to the Bank, the legal lending
limit is expected to be at least $4.0 million, and the Board of Directors of the
Bank  anticipates  increasing the "in-house"  lending limit to $4.0 million.  In
addition, the Board may from time to time raise or lower the "in-house" limit as
it deems  appropriate  to comply with safe and sound  banking  practices  and to
respond to overall economic conditions. Accordingly, the size of the loans which
the Bank can offer to  potential  customers  is less than the size of loans that
most of the Bank's  competitors  are able to offer.  These limits affect to some
degree the  ability  of the Bank to seek  relationships  with the area's  larger
businesses.  The Bank  expects  to  accommodate  loan  volumes  in excess of its
lending limit through the sale of  participations  in such loans to other banks.
However,  there  can be no  assurance  that  the  Bank  will  be  successful  in
attracting or maintaining  customers  seeking larger loans or that the Bank will
be able to engage in the sale of participations in such loans on terms favorable
to the Bank.
    

Impact of Interest Rates and Economic Conditions

     The results of operations for financial  institutions,  including the Bank,
may be  materially  and  adversely  affected by changes in  prevailing  economic
conditions,  including  declines in real estate market values,  rapid changes in
interest rates and the monetary and fiscal  policies of the federal  government.
See "Supervision and Regulation." The Bank's profitability is in part a function
of the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans and the
interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing  liabilities.  In the
early 1990s, many banking organizations  experienced  historically high interest
rate spreads.  More recently,  interest rate spreads have generally narrowed due
to changing market conditions and competitive pricing pressure, and there can be
no assurance  that such factors will not continue to exert such pressure or that
such high interest rate spreads will return.  Substantially all the Bank's loans
will be to businesses and individuals in western Michigan and any decline in the
economy of this area could have an adverse impact on the Bank. Like most banking
institutions,  the Bank's net  interest  spread and margin  will be  affected by
general  economic  conditions and other factors that influence  market  interest
rates and the Bank's  ability to respond to changes in such rates.  At any given
time,  the Bank's  assets and  liabilities  will be such that they are  affected
differently  by a given change in interest  rates.  As a result,  an increase or
decrease in rates,  the length of loan terms or the mix of adjustable  and fixed
rate loans in the Bank's  portfolio  could have a positive or negative effect on
the Bank's net income, capital and liquidity. There can be no assurance that the
positive  trends or  developments  discussed in this Prospectus will continue or
that negative trends or developments  will not have a material adverse effect on
the Bank. See "Supervision and Regulation."

Need for Technological Change

     The  banking  industry  is  undergoing  rapid  technological  changes  with
frequent  introductions  of new  technology-  driven  products and services.  In
addition to better serving customers,  the effective use of technology increases
efficiency and enables  financial  institutions  to reduce costs.  The Company's
future  success  will  depend in part on its ability to address the needs of its
customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy
customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in
the Bank's operations. Many of the Bank's competitors have substantially greater
resources  to invest in  technological  improvements.  There can be no 

                                       8
<PAGE>
assurance   that  the  Bank   will  be  able  to   effectively   implement   new
technology-driven  products and  services or be  successful  in  marketing  such
products and services to its customers. See "Business -- Strategy."

Year 2000 Compliance

   
     Because many computerized systems use only two digits to record the year in
date fields (for example, the year 1998 is recorded as 98), such systems may not
be able to  accurately  process  dates  ending in the year 2000 and  after.  The
effects of this issue will vary from system to system and may  adversely  affect
the ability of a financial  institution's  operations  as well as its ability to
prepare  financial  statements.  The Company and the Bank were organized in 1997
and the Company  recently  acquired  its  computer  equipment  and has  recently
contracted  with a leading  supplier of  information  processing  services.  The
Company has an internal task force to assess year 2000 compliance by the Company
and its vendors. In addition, the Bank asks commercial borrowers about year 2000
compliance as part of the loan  application and review process.  Management does
not  anticipate  that the Company will incur material  operating  expenses or be
required  to invest  heavily in  computer  system  improvements  to be year 2000
compliant.  Nevertheless,  the inability of the Company to successfully  address
year 2000 issues could result in  interruptions  in the  Company's  business and
have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
    

Anti-Takeover Provisions

     The Company's  articles of  incorporation  (the "Articles") and bylaws (the
"Bylaws") include provisions which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing certain types of transactions involving an actual or potential change
in control of the  Company,  including  transactions  in which the  shareholders
might  otherwise  receive a premium for their  shares over then  current  market
prices,  and may limit the ability of the  shareholders to approve  transactions
that  they  may  deem to be in  their  best  interests.  The  Michigan  Business
Corporation  Act (the "MBCA")  contains a Control  Share Act intended to protect
shareholders  and  prohibit  or  discourage  certain  types of hostile  takeover
activities. Federal law requires the approval of the Federal Reserve Board prior
to  acquisition  of  "control"  of a bank  holding  company.  Michigan  law also
requires the  approval of the State of Michigan  Financial  Institutions  Bureau
(the  "FIB")  prior to the  acquisition  of  direct  or  indirect  control  of a
Michigan-chartered  bank.  These  provisions  may have the effect of delaying or
preventing  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company   without   action  by  the
shareholders,  and  therefore  could  adversely  affect  the price of the Common
Stock. The Company's Articles and Bylaws provide for the  indemnification of its
officers and directors and insulate its officers and  directors  from  liability
for certain  breaches of the duty of care. See  "Description of Capital Stock --
Anti-Takeover Provisions."

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     The Company's  bylaws provide for the  indemnification  of its officers and
directors  and insulate its officers and  directors  from  liability for certain
breaches  of  the  duty  of  care.  It  is  possible  that  the  indemnification
obligations  imposed under these provisions could result in a charge against the
Company's  earnings and thereby affect the  availability of funds for payment of
dividends to the  Company's  shareholders.  The Bank's  bylaws  contain  similar
provisions. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Anti-Takeover Provisions."

Determination of Offering Price

   
     The initial  public  offering  price of $10.00 per share was  determined by
negotiations  between the Company  and Robert W. Baird & Co.  Incorporated,  the
underwriter of this Offering (the  "Underwriter").  Prior to this Offering,  the
Bank sold shares to its original  investors in a private  placement  for a price
equivalent to $8.70 per share of Common Stock. The initial public offering price
is not based upon earnings or any  significant  history of operations and should
not be construed as indicative of the present or anticipated future value of the
Common  Stock.  Several  factors  were  considered  in  determining  the initial
offering  price  of the  Common  Stock,  including  the  fact  that the Bank has
commenced  operations,  the size of the  Offering,  the desire that the security
being offered be attractive to individuals and the  Underwriter's  experience in
dealing with initial public offerings for financial  institutions.  Prior to the
Offering,  there has been no public  trading  market for the Common  Stock.  The
price at which these shares are being offered to

                                       9
<PAGE>
the public may be greater than the market  price for the Common Stock  following
the Offering. See "Dilution" and "Underwriting."
    

Dilution

     The  purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will suffer an immediate
dilution of $1.00 in net tangible  book value per share of the Common Stock from
the initial  offering  price on a pro forma basis as of December 31,  1997.  See
"Dilution."

Control by Management

     Although the combined ownership and control over the Company's Common Stock
by the Company's officers and directors is likely to be less than 10% after this
Offering,  such  individuals  will be able to  exert a  significant  measure  of
control  over the affairs and policies of the  Company.  Such  control  could be
used,  for example,  to help  prevent an  acquisition  of the  Company,  thereby
precluding shareholders from possibly realizing any premium which may be offered
for  the  Company's  Common  Stock  by  a  potential  acquiror.  See  "Principal
Shareholders."

No Prior Public Market; Limited Trading Market Expected

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  trading  market for the
Common Stock.  The initial  offering price has been  determined by  negotiations
between the Company and the Underwriter and may be greater than the market price
for the Common  Stock  following  this  Offering.  The Company  expects that the
quotations for the Common Stock will be reported on the OTC Bulletin Board under
the symbol  "----." The  Underwriter  has also  advised the Company  that,  upon
completion of this  Offering,  it intends to act as a market maker in the Common
Stock, subject to applicable laws and regulatory  requirements.  The development
of a public  trading  market  depends,  however,  upon the  existence of willing
buyers and  sellers,  the  presence  of which is not  within the  control of the
Company, the Bank or any market maker. Even with a market maker, factors such as
the limited size of this Offering,  the lack of earnings history for the Company
and the absence of a reasonable  expectation of dividends within the near future
mean that there can be no assurance of the development in the foreseeable future
of an active and liquid market for the Common Stock.  Even if a market develops,
there can be no assurance that a market will continue, or that shareholders will
be able to sell their shares at or above the initial offering price.  Purchasers
of Common Stock should carefully consider the potentially illiquid and long-term
nature of their investment in the shares being offered hereby.

                                       10
<PAGE>
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of 1,300,000 shares of Common
Stock  offered  hereby  are  estimated  to be  $12,199,594  ($14,013,094  if the
Underwriter's  over-allotment  option is exercised in full),  after deduction of
the estimated  underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. The
net  proceeds  have  been  calculated   assuming   Underwriting   Discounts  and
Commissions of $0.70 per share, except with respect to 400,000 shares to be sold
with no  Underwriting  Discounts  and  Commissions.  The net proceeds  from this
Offering will generally be used to strengthen the Company's  capital position in
anticipation  of future growth and for other  general  corporate  purposes.  The
Company expects that  substantially  all of the net proceeds will be contributed
to the Bank in the near future to strengthen  the Bank's  capital  position,  to
open or acquire additional  branches,  or for other general corporate  purposes.
Pending their application for any or all of such purposes,  the net proceeds may
be invested in United States  government  securities and other  investment grade
financial instruments.
    

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company initially  expects that all Company and Bank earnings,  if any,
will be  retained  to finance the growth of the Company and the Bank and that no
cash dividends will be paid for the  foreseeable  future.  If and when dividends
are declared, the Company will be primarily dependent upon dividends paid by the
Bank for  funds to pay  dividends  on the  Common  Stock.  It is also  possible,
however,  that the  Company  will pay  dividends  in the future  generated  from
investment income and other activities, if any, of the Company.

     Under  Michigan  law, the Bank is  restricted  as to the maximum  amount of
dividends it may pay on its common stock.  The Bank may not pay dividends except
out of net profits after  deducting its losses and bad debts.  A Michigan  state
bank may not  declare  or pay a  dividend  unless  the bank  will have a surplus
amounting to at least 20% of its capital after the payment of the  dividend.  If
the Bank has a surplus less than the amount of its  capital,  it may not declare
or pay any dividend until an amount equal to at least 10% of net profits for the
preceding  one-half year (in the case of quarterly or semi-annual  dividends) or
full-year (in the case of annual dividends) has been transferred to surplus. The
ability of the Company and the Bank to pay dividends is also affected by various
regulatory  requirements  and  policies,  such as the  requirement  to  maintain
adequate capital above regulatory guidelines.  See "Supervision and Regulation."
Such  requirements  and  policies  may limit  the  Company's  ability  to obtain
dividends from the Bank for its cash needs,  including  funds for  acquisitions,
payment of dividends by the Company and the payment of operating expenses.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                               RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Formation of the Holding Company

     On February 23,  1998,  the Bank became a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company  pursuant to a  Consolidation  Agreement  filed with and approved by the
Federal Reserve Board and the FIB. Pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement, each
issued and outstanding share of common stock of the Bank was converted into 1.15
shares of Common  Stock of the Company and the  shareholders  of the Bank became
the shareholders of the Company. In total, 817,500 shares of common stock of the
Bank were converted  into 940,125  shares of Common Stock of the Company,  which
are all the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  prior  to this
Offering.  The Bank's  common  stock had been issued to its  shareholders  as of
November 25, 1997 at a price of $10.00 per share or a total of  $8,175,000.  See
"Dilution."

Branch Openings

   
     Since the Bank  opened its main office in  Zeeland,  Michigan in  November,
1997, it has  established a full service branch office at 139 E. 8th Street,  in
Holland,  Michigan on January 19, 1998.  The Bank also opened a loan  processing
office  branch at 106 E. 8th  Street  in  Holland,  Michigan.  The Bank also has
leased a branch  facility in south  Holland and  purchased a branch  facility in
Jenison,  Michigan,  and has applied for  regulatory  approval to open those two
locations. See "Business -- Properties" and "Plan of Operation."
    

Results of Operations

   
     The Bank  commenced  operations on November 25, 1997. At December 31, 1997,
the Company had total assets of $10.7 million, total deposits of $2.7 million, a
retained  deficit of  $165,525  and  shareholders'  equity of $8.0  million.  At
February 28, 1998, the Company had total assets of $23.8 million, total deposits
of $16.1 million,  a retained  deficit of $476,319 and  shareholders'  equity of
$7.7 million.  The Bank had 2,272 deposit  accounts as of February 28, 1998. See
"Plan of Operation."
    

                                       12
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The  following  table sets forth the  capitalization  of the  Company as of
December 31,  1997,  and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby:
<TABLE>
                                                                                                December 31, 1997
                                                                                    Actual          As Adjusted(1)
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Long-term and short-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $   --         $      --
Shareholders' equity:
         Preferred stock, no par value, 500,000 shares authorized;  no shares
               issued and outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      --                --
         Common stock, no par value, 9,500,000 shares authorized; 940,125
               shares issued and outstanding, and 2,240,125 shares
               as adjusted (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,137,268         20,336,862 
         Retained deficit (3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  (165,525)          (165,525)
         Net unrealized appreciation on securities available for sale,
               net of tax of $136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       264                264
                    Total shareholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$7,972,007        $20,171,601

</TABLE>
(1)      Adjusted to reflect the estimated net proceeds from the shares  offered
         hereby  (assuming  no  exercise  of  the  Underwriter's  over-allotment
         option). See "Use of Proceeds."
(2)      Does not include an aggregate  of 20,000  shares  issuable  pursuant to
         options  granted under the Company's  Directors  Stock Option Plan. See
         "Management -- Executive Compensation."
(3)      The  accumulated  deficit  as  of  December  31,  1997,  was  comprised
         primarily  of  pre-opening  expenses  related  principally  to fees and
         expenses  incurred  in the  regulatory  application  process and office
         occupancy costs and supplies,  together with initial  operating  losses
         following the  commencement  of operations by the Bank. The accumulated
         deficit  is  expected  to  increase  further  as  anticipated   initial
         operating losses are incurred.

                                    DILUTION

     The net tangible book value (total tangible assets minus total liabilities)
of the Company as of December 31, 1997,  was  $7,972,007,  or $8.48 per share of
Common Stock outstanding on such date. Assuming the sale of the 1,300,000 shares
of Common Stock offered hereby (at the initial  public  offering price of $10.00
per share) and the application of the net proceeds  therefrom  (after  deducting
estimated  offering  expenses  and  underwriting  discounts),  the pro forma net
tangible  book value of the Company as of  December  31,  1997,  would have been
$20,171,601,  or $9.00 per share of Common Stock  outstanding on such date. This
represents an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
of $0.52 to existing  shareholders and an immediate  dilution of $1.00 per share
to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
<TABLE>                                                                
         <S>                                                                                  <C>         <C>
         Initial public offering price per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $10.00 
                  Net tangible book value per share before the Offering(1) . . . . . . . .    $8.48
                  Increase per share attributable to new investors . . . . . . . . . . . .     0.52
         Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering(1) . . . . . . . .                  9.00
                                                                                                          ------
         Dilution per share to new investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               $  1.00  
                                                                                                         ========
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1)      Does not include  20,000  shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance
         upon the exercise of stock options  outstanding as of February 1, 1998,
         which have an  exercise  price  equal to the  initial  public  offering
         price,  nor does it include  shares of Common Stock  available  for the
         future grant of stock options under the  Company's  Stock  Compensation
         Plan (100,000  shares) or Directors Stock Option Plan (20,000  shares).
         See  "Management  -- Stock  Compensation  Plan and --  Directors  Stock
         Option Plan." Does not give effect to the exercise of the Underwriter's
         over-allotment option.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

General

   
     The Company is a bank holding company  organized in 1997 under Michigan law
and owns  all of the  common  stock of the  Bank.  The  Bank was  organized  and
commenced  operations  in  November,  1997 as a  Michigan  chartered  bank  with
depository accounts insured by the FDIC to the extent permitted by law. The Bank
provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking  services  primarily in
the  communities of Holland and Zeeland,  Michigan,  as well as the  surrounding
market area  principally  located in Ottawa County.  The Bank's services include
checking and savings accounts (including  certificates of deposit), safe deposit
boxes,  travelers  checks,  money orders and  commercial,  mortgage and consumer
loans.  As of December 31, 1997,  the Company had total assets of $10.7 million,
total deposits of $2.7 million, 472 deposit accounts and shareholders' equity of
$8.0 million. As of February 28, 1998, the Bank had 25 full-time and 3 part-time
employees, 2,272 deposit accounts and total deposits of $16.1 million.
    

Reason for Starting Macatawa Bank

     The  expansion  of  interstate   banking  has  contributed  to  substantial
consolidation  of the banking  industry in  Michigan,  including  the  Company's
market area. Many of the area's locally owned or managed financial  institutions
have either been acquired by large regional bank holding  companies or have been
consolidated into branches. In many cases, these acquisitions and consolidations
have been  accompanied by pricing  changes,  the  dissolution of local boards of
directors,  management  and  personnel  changes  and, in the  perception  of the
Company's  management,  a decline in the level of customer service. For example,
FMB, which was headquartered in Holland,  Michigan, was the dominant bank in the
Holland-Zeeland  market in Ottawa County,  Michigan.  In September 1997, FMB was
acquired  by  Huntington  Bancshares   Incorporated,   a  bank  holding  company
headquartered  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  and the boards of directors of FMB's former
subsidiary  banks were dissolved.  As another recent  example,  First of America
Bank  Corporation,  which is  headquartered  in western  Michigan,  has recently
agreed  to  be  acquired  by a  large  bank  holding  company  headquartered  in
Cleveland, Ohio.

   
     Although the banking industry remains competitive, management believes that
the consolidation of the banking industry created a favorable  opportunity for a
new commercial bank to offer services to customers who wish to conduct  business
with a locally owned and managed bank.  Management has been and believes that it
will continue to be successful in attracting as customers  individuals and small
to medium sized businesses by demonstrating an active interest in their business
and personal  financial  affairs.  The Company  seeks to take  advantage of this
opportunity by emphasizing in its marketing plan the Company's local management,
and their  strong  ties and  active  commitment  to the  community.  The Bank is
currently the only locally  managed  independent  commercial  bank with its main
office in the Holland-Zeeland area.
    

Market Area

     The Bank's market area includes the cities of Holland and Zeeland,  and the
Interstate  I-196  corridor  from the City of Holland on the west and  extending
approximately 20 miles east through Zeeland,  Hudsonville and Jenison, Michigan.
Most of this  market  area is located  in the  southern  half of Ottawa  County,
Michigan.  This area includes  several growing  communities and has a stable and
diverse   economic   base.  The   Holland-Zeeland   area  has  a  population  of
approximately  93,000  and  Ottawa  County  has a  population  of  approximately
200,000.  The  Holland-Zeeland  area had an estimated median household income in
1997 of approximately  $43,600.  Over 300  manufacturers  have operations in the
Holland-Zeeland  area,  including several  manufacturers in the office furniture
and automotive supply industries. Major Ottawa County employers include Donnelly
Corporation, Herman Miller, Inc., Haworth, Inc. and Johnson Controls. Management
believes that the market area's  diverse  commercial  base provides  significant
opportunities  for business  banking  services,  together with personal  banking
services for the owners and employees of the area's businesses.

                                       14
<PAGE>
Strategy

     The Company is a customer-driven financial institution focused on providing
high  value  to  clients  by  delivering  products  and  services  in  a  highly
personalized  manner.  Management  of the  Company  believes  that  the Bank can
attract  those  clients who prefer to conduct  business  with a  locally-managed
institution that  demonstrates an active interest in their business and personal
financial affairs.

     The officers and directors of the Company are  recognized  and  established
individuals in their local  communities.  The  management  team assembled by the
Company  represents a wide range of business,  banking and investment  knowledge
and  experience.  The  directors,   officers  and  staff  have  established  and
maintained  significant  customer  relationships  in the Bank's  market area and
expect  to draw upon  these  relationships  for the  benefit  of the  Bank.  The
majority  of the  Company's  management  team  have a least 10 years of  banking
experience,  and several key personnel have more than 20 years experience in the
financial services industry. Management believes that their years of banking and
financial  services  experience  and their  existing  customer  contacts in this
market  offer the Bank a  substantial  opportunity  to  continue  to attract new
relationships for the Bank.

     The Company's officers and directors have a shared vision and commitment to
the future growth and success of the Bank.  The  Company's  vision is to build a
quality,  full-service community bank that offers competitive financial products
and  superior  customer  service.  Fundamental  to the  Company's  vision is the
building of long-term  relationships  with customers.  The Company maintains its
community  focus by hiring  local  people and placing  strong  emphasis on local
presence and local community support.

     The  Company  competes  for  loans  principally   through  its  ability  to
communicate  effectively  with its customers  and to  understand  and meet their
needs.  Management  believes  that the  Company's  personal  service  philosophy
enhances its ability to compete  favorably in attracting  individuals  and small
businesses.  The Company  actively  solicits  retail  customers and competes for
deposits by offering  customers  personal  attention,  professional  service and
competitive  interest rates.  The Bank's  experienced  staff provides a superior
level of personalized service,  which enables the Bank to generate competitively
priced loans and deposits.

     The Bank has entered into agreements with third-party  service providers to
provide  customers with products and services such as credit cards,  debit cards
and ATM  cards.  The use of  third-party  service  providers  allows the Bank to
remain at the forefront of technology while minimizing the costs of delivery.

Products and Services

     Deposit  Services.  The Bank  offers a broad  range  of  deposit  services,
including checking accounts, NOW accounts, savings accounts and time deposits of
various types.  Transaction  accounts and time  certificates are tailored to the
principal  market area at rates  competitive with those offered in the area. All
deposit  accounts are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum amount  permitted by
law.  The  Bank   solicits   these   accounts  from   individuals,   businesses,
associations,  financial institutions and government authorities.  The Bank does
not  intend  to  accept  brokered  deposits.  The Bank may also use  alternative
funding  sources as needed,  including  advances  from  Federal Home Loan Banks,
conduit financing and the packaging of loans for securitization and sale.

     Real Estate Loans. The Bank originates  residential  mortgage loans,  which
are generally long-term with either fixed or variable interest rates. The Bank's
general policy, which is subject to review by management as a result of changing
market and  economic  conditions  and other  factors,  is to retain all variable
interest rate mortgage  loans in the Bank's loan portfolio and to sell all fixed
rate loans in the secondary market.  The Bank also offers home equity loans. The
Bank's current policy is to retain  servicing rights with respect to residential
mortgage loans that it originates.

     The retention of variable rate loans on the Bank's loan portfolio  helps to
reduce the Bank's  exposure to fluctuations  in interest  rates.  However,  such
loans  generally  pose credit risks  different  from the risks inherent in fixed
rate loans,  primarily  because as interest rates rise, the underlying  payments
from the borrowers rise, thereby increasing the potential for default.

                                       15
<PAGE>
     Personal Loans and Credit.  The Bank makes personal loans,  lines of credit
and credit  cards  available  to  consumers  for various  purposes,  such as the
purchase  of  automobiles,   boats  and  other   recreational   vehicles,   home
improvements  and personal  investments.  The Bank's current policy is to retain
substantially all of such loans.

     Commercial  Loans.  Commercial  loans  are  made  primarily  to  small  and
mid-sized businesses. These loans are and will be both secured and unsecured and
are made available for general operating  purposes,  acquisition of fixed assets
including  real  estate,  purchases  of equipment  and  machinery,  financing of
inventory  and accounts  receivable,  as well as any other  purposes  considered
appropriate. The Bank generally looks to a borrower's business operations as the
principal  source  of  repayment,  but  will  also  receive,  when  appropriate,
mortgages on real estate,  security interests in inventory,  accounts receivable
and other personal property and/or personal guarantees.

     Although the Bank takes a progressive and competitive  approach to lending,
it  stresses  high  quality in its loans.  Because of the Bank's  local  nature,
management  believes  that  quality  control  should be  achievable  while still
providing  prompt  and  personal  service.  On a  monthly  basis,  the  Board of
Directors  reviews  selected loans made in the preceding  month. In addition,  a
loan  committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank also reviews  larger loans
for prior approval when the loan request exceeds the established  limits for the
senior  officers.  The Bank also  maintains a  continuous  loan  review  process
designed to promote early identification of credit quality problems.  The Bank's
credit review  administrator  will be  responsible  for  conducting a continuous
internal review which tests  compliance with the Bank's loan policy and adequate
documentation of all loans. Any past due loans and identified problem loans will
be reviewed with the Board of Directors on a monthly basis.

     Regulatory and supervisory  loan-to-value limits are established by Section
304 of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement  Act of  1991
("FDICIA").  The Bank's internal  limitations follow those limits and in certain
cases are more restrictive than those required by the regulators.

     The Bank has established  relationships with correspondent  banks and other
independent  financial  institutions to provide other services  requested by its
customers, including loan participations where the requested loan amounts exceed
the Bank's policies or legal lending limits.

     Other Services.  The Bank is considering  providing  additional services in
the future,  including trust services.  The Bank will need to satisfy applicable
legal  requirements  and obtain  regulatory  approval  before it may offer trust
services.  The Company does not offer personal computer based at-home banking at
the present time. The Company's  customers have not expressed strong interest in
at-home electronic banking, and management believes that the Bank's personalized
service  approach  benefits from customer  visits to the Bank.  Management  will
continue  to evaluate  the  desirability  of adding  telephone,  electronic  and
at-home  banking  services.  Should  the Bank  choose to do so,  the Bank  could
provide one or more of these  services  at a future  date using its  third-party
service provider.

Competition

     The banking industry in the Bank's market area has experienced  substantial
consolidation  in recent  years.  Many of the  area's  locally  owned or managed
financial  institutions have either been acquired by large regional bank holding
companies  or  have  been   consolidated   into  branches  of  other   financial
institutions.  This  consolidation  has been  accompanied  by  numerous  pricing
changes, the dissolution of local boards of directors,  management and personnel
changes and, in the  perception  of the Company's  management,  a decline in the
level of customer service. With recent changes in interstate banking regulation,
this type of consolidation is expected to continue.

     Management believes that this competitive situation,  when coupled with the
area's growing and diversified  economy,  creates a favorable  opportunity for a
new commercial bank managed by experienced  local business people.  Management's
experience indicates that a locally managed community bank can attract customers
by providing highly professional personalized attention,  responding in a timely
manner to product and service  requests  and  exhibiting  an active  interest in
customers' business and personal financial needs. The Bank is currently the only
locally  managed  independent  commercial  bank  with  its  main  office  in the
Holland-Zeeland  area. Management is aware of one savings and loan headquartered
in the Holland-Zeeland area.

                                       16
<PAGE>
     The Company's market area is Ottawa County,  Michigan. There are many bank,
thrift and credit union offices  located within the Company's  market area. Most
are  branches  of  larger  financial   institutions.   The  Company  also  faces
competition from finance companies,  insurance  companies,  mortgage  companies,
securities  brokerage firms, money market funds and other providers of financial
services.  Most of the Company's  competitors  have been in business a number of
years,  have  established  customer  bases,  are larger and have higher  lending
limits than the Company.  The Company competes for loans principally through its
ability to communicate effectively with its customers and to understand and meet
their needs.  Management believes that the Company's personal service philosophy
enhances its ability to compete  favorably in attracting  individuals  and small
businesses. The Company actively solicits customers and competes for deposits by
offering customers personal  attention,  professional  service,  and competitive
interest rates.

Employees

     As of  January  31,  1998,  the  Bank  had  20  full-time  and 4  part-time
employees,  including two commercial loan officers,  a mortgage loan officer,  a
consumer loan officer, two customer service representatives, a vice president of
operations  and the  Bank  president.  The  Company  has  assembled  a staff  of
experienced,  dedicated  professionals  whose  goal  is to  provide  outstanding
service. The majority of the Company's management team have at least 10 years of
banking experience, and several key personnel have more than 20 years of banking
experience.

Properties

     The Company's  headquarters  and the Bank's main office is located at 51 E.
Main  Street,  Zeeland,  Michigan  49464,  and the  telephone  number  is  (616)
748-9491. The main office consists of approximately 1,700 square feet located on
the first floor of an office building and approximately 1,500 square feet in the
basement.  This  location is in the heart of the City of Zeeland on Main Street,
which  management  believes  provides  recognition and a visible presence in the
Holland-Zeeland  community.  The main office includes three teller stations, two
customer service offices,  two administrative  offices, a vault and safe deposit
boxes and an  operations  center.  The Bank has entered  into a three year lease
with respect to its main office,  with renewal options for up to four successive
three year terms. The initial rental rate is $800.00 per month,  which increases
by 7.5% for each three year renewal  period.  The Bank is also  obligated to pay
all  costs  associated  with  taxes,  assessments,  maintenance,  utilities  and
insurance.  The Bank  estimates  that it has  spent  approximately  $544,000  on
leasehold improvements,  furniture,  fixtures and equipment for the Zeeland main
office.

     The Bank has a full  service  branch  located  at 139  East 8th  Street  in
Holland,  Michigan.  The office consists of approximately  2,200 square feet and
includes  three teller  stations,  two  offices,  three  additional  offices for
commercial lenders,  one drive-through lane, and a vault and safe deposit boxes.
The Bank  intends to add a 24 hour ATM machine  within the next two months.  The
Bank has  entered  into a seventeen  month  lease with a renewal  option for one
additional  year. The initial rental rate is $1,700 per month which increases to
$1,800 per month during the renewal term.  The Bank  estimates that it has spent
approximately  $232,000  on  leasehold  improvements,  furniture,  fixtures  and
equipment for this Holland branch.

     The Bank also has a loan  processing  branch  office  located at 106 E. 8th
Street in Holland,  Michigan.  The office consists of approximately 1,200 square
feet,  including  three  offices  and  additional  work space in an open  office
environment. The Bank has entered into a two year lease with renewal options for
up to two  additional two year terms.  The rental rate is $1,600 per month.  The
facility is  indirectly  owned by Mr.  Smith,  the Chairman and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company. See "Certain Transactions -- Lease of Real Property."

   
     The Bank has also leased a branch facility at 701 Maple Avenue,  located in
the southern part of Holland.  This facility will include four teller  stations,
four offices,  three drive-through lanes, a drive-up 24 hour ATM and a vault and
safe  deposit  boxes.  The Bank has entered  into a two year lease with  renewal
options for up to four additional  three year terms.  The initial rental rate is
$1,900 per month,  and the rental  rate for the  renewal  terms will be adjusted
upwards  to  reflect  changes  in the  Consumer  Price  Index.  The Bank is also
obligated  to pay all costs  associated  with taxes,  assessments,  maintenance,
utilities  and  insurance.  The Bank also has an option to purchase the facility
during the term of the lease,  including any renewal  periods,  at the appraised
value of the property less the book value of any improvements  made by the Bank.
The Company expects to spend approximately $315,000 on leasehold improvements,

                                       17
<PAGE>
furniture, fixtures and equipment to open this branch. The Bank anticipates that
this branch will be open for  business  within the next three  months,  assuming
receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals.

     The Bank has  purchased  a  branch  facility  located  at 2020  Baldwin  in
Jenison, Michigan, for a purchase price of approximately $355,000. This facility
will include four teller stations,  four offices,  three drive-through  lanes, a
vault and safe  deposit  boxes and the Bank  intends to add a drive-up  ATM. The
Bank  expects  to  spend  approximately  $440,000  on  leasehold   improvements,
furniture,  fixtures and equipment at this location.  The Bank  anticipates that
this branch will also be open for business  within the next three to six months,
assuming receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals.

                                PLAN OF OPERATION
    

     Assuming the successful completion of this Offering,  the Company's plan of
operation  for the next  twelve  months does not  contemplate  the need to raise
additional  capital  during that period.  Management  believes  that its current
capital  together  with the net  proceeds  from this  Offering  will provide the
Company with adequate  capital to support its expected level of deposit and loan
growth and to otherwise meet its cash and capital  requirements for at least the
next two or three years.

     The  Company's  plan has been to establish its  management  team within the
first  few  months  of its  operations.  Management  believes  that it has  been
successful in  establishing  its management  team and that it can administer the
Company's  growth for the next two to three  years,  with the addition of branch
managers, tellers and other staff personnel at any new branches that are opened.
Management  believes that it will hire approximately  eight full time equivalent
employees for each additional branch that is opened.

     The Bank's main office in Zeeland and its full service and loan  processing
branches  in  Holland  are  leased   facilities.   The  Company  has   completed
substantially  all of its  planned  renovations  and  equipment  purchases  with
respect to these three  facilities.  Through  January 31, 1998,  the Company had
spent a total of approximately  $816,000 on leasehold  improvements,  furniture,
fixtures and equipment for these three facilities. See "Business -- Properties."

   
     The  Company's  plan is to continue to seek out and consider  locations for
additional  branches  in its market  area.  Management  believes  that  multiple
branches  make the Bank more  convenient to its customers and assist the Bank in
attracting additional depositors and borrowers.  Management anticipates that the
Company  will add  three to four  branches  in 1998 in  addition  to the  Bank's
existing  locations,  although  there can be no  assurance  that  such  proposed
branches will be added.  The Bank has agreed to purchase a bank branch  facility
in Jenison,  Michigan  for  approximately  $355,000,  and  anticipates  spending
approximately  $440,000  on  leasehold  improvements,  furniture,  fixtures  and
equipment  for that  facility.  In  addition,  the Bank has leased a bank branch
facility  located  in south  Holland,  and  anticipates  spending  approximately
$315,000 on leasehold improvements,  furniture,  fixtures and equipment for that
facility.  The Bank intends to apply for branch  approval for the south  Holland
and Jenison  facilities,  and  anticipates  that these branches will be open for
business within the next three to six months,  assuming receipt of the necessary
regulatory approvals. See "Business -- Properties."
    

     The Company  will  continue to evaluate  its products and services and will
consider adding  additional  products and services as appropriate.  For example,
the Bank is considering  providing  trust  services in the future,  although the
Bank will need to satisfy  applicable legal  requirements and obtain  regulatory
approval before it may offer trust services. The Company does not offer personal
computer based at-home banking at the present time. The Company's customers have
not expressed  strong  interest in at-home  electronic  banking,  and management
believes that the Bank's  personalized  service approach  benefits from customer
visits to the Bank.  Management  will continue to evaluate the  desirability  of
adding  telephone,  electronic  and at-home  banking  services.  Should the Bank
choose to do so,  the Bank  could  provide  one or more of these  services  at a
future date using its third-party service providers.

   
     As of December  31, 1997,  the Company had a retained  deficit of $165,525,
and as of February  28,  1998,  the Company had a retained  deficit of $476,319.
This retained deficit was primarily the result of pre-opening fees and expenses,
provision for loan losses and wages paid to employees.  Management believes that
the Company will generate a net loss for 1998 as a result of  expenditures  made
to build its  management  team and open its main  office and branch  facilities,
together  with the time  needed to more  effectively  utilize  its  capital  and
generate loan  interest and fee income by making  additional  loans.  Management
believes  that  the  expenditures   made  in  1997  and  1998  will  create  the
infrastructure  and lay the  foundation for future growth and  profitability  in
subsequent years.
    

                                       18
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

     The  directors  and  executive  officers of the Company and the Bank are as
follows:
<TABLE>
   
                                                                  Positions with               Positions with
                      Name                           Age           the Company                    the Bank
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>                          <C>
Benj. A. Smith, III............................      54        Chairman, Chief              Chairman and Director
                                                               Executive Officer and
                                                               Director
Philip J. Koning...............................      43        Secretary, Treasurer         President and Director
                                                               and Director
James L. Batts.................................      39        Director                     Director
G. Thomas Boylan...............................      75        Director                     Director

Jessie F. Dalman...............................      64        Director                     Director
Robert E. DenHerder............................      43        Director                     Director

Wayne J. Elhart................................      43        Director                     Director
Brian J. Hansen................................      49        Director                     Director
James L. Jurries...............................      56        Director                     Director
John F. Koetje.................................      62        Director                     Director
</TABLE>
     The Company has a classified  board of directors,  with  directors  serving
staggered  three-year  terms which  expire at the relevant  annual  shareholders
meeting. The terms of Messrs. DenHerder,  Jurries and Koning expire in 1999, the
terms of Messrs.  Smith,  Elhart, Batts and Boylan expire in 2000, and the terms
of Ms. Dalman and Messrs. Koetje and Hansen expires in 2001. There are no family
relationships  between or among any of the directors or executive officers named
above.
    

Committees of the Bank

     The Board of Directors  of the Bank had six meetings in 1997.  During 1997,
each of the directors attended more than 75% of the combined aggregate number of
Board meetings and meetings of Board  committees on which each served.  The Bank
also has several committees, composed as follows: Loan Committee (Messrs. Smith,
Hansen,  DenHerder,  Koning and Boylan);  Investment  Committee (Messrs.  Smith,
Boylan and Koning); and Audit Committee (Messrs. Hansen, DenHerder and Boylan).

Experience of Directors and Executive Officers

     The experience and  backgrounds of the directors and executive  officers of
the Company and the Bank are summarized below:

     Benj. A. Smith, III is the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a director
of the Company and is also Chairman and a director of the Bank.  Mr. Smith is an
investment  advisor and has served from 1992 to the present as the  President of
Smith & Associates Investment Management Services, an investment management firm
located in

                                       19
<PAGE>
Holland,  Michigan.  Prior to  1992,  Mr.  Smith  gained  21  years  of  banking
experience  at FMB and its  subsidiary  FMB-  First  Michigan  Bank of  Zeeland,
Michigan.  During his employment at FMB he was responsible for the consolidation
of the trust  department and investment  function under a registered  investment
advisor,   the  development  and  introduction  of  mutual  funds  at  FMB,  the
establishment  of a broker-dealer  operation and the  implementation  of various
employee  compensation and stock ownership  plans.  From 1991 to 1992, Mr. Smith
served as Chief  Executive  Officer  of FMB-  Financial  Group,  a wholly  owned
subsidiary of FMB, which was comprised of a life insurance  subsidiary,  a trust
services bank, a registered  broker-dealer  and an investment  advisory company.
Mr.  Smith  earned a Bachelor of Science  degree from  Purdue  University  and a
Master of Business Administration,  Finance, from Indiana State University.  Mr.
Smith is a member  of the  Holland  Chamber  of  Commerce,  the  Holland  Better
Business Bureau and the Holland Country Club.

   
     Philip J. Koning has served as President of the Bank since its inception in
November,  1997, and serves as the Secretary and Treasurer of the Company and as
a director of both the Company and the Bank.  Mr. Koning was employed by Smith &
Associates Investment Management Services prior to February 1998. Mr. Koning has
over 23 years of commercial banking experience,  most recently from 1984 to 1997
with First of  America  Bank in  Holland,  where he served as a  community  bank
president.  Mr.  Koning  earned a Bachelor of Science in  Accounting  from Grand
Valley State University and a Masters of Business Administration,  Finance, from
the Seidman  Graduate  College at Grand Valley State  University.  Mr. Koning is
Chairman of the Zeeland Board of Public Works and a member of the Rotary Club of
Holland,  the Zeeland Christian School Endowment  Committee,  HOMECOR (an agency
enhancing  neighborhoods  through  private  initiative),  the City of  Holland's
Strategic  Planning  Committee,  the Windmill Advisory Committee and the Holland
Country Club.

     James L. Batts is a director  of the Company  and the Bank.  Mr.  Batts has
been employed by Batts Inc., a manufacturer  of coat hangers,  since 1993,  most
recently as Vice President,  International.  Mr. Batts is a director of the West
Ottawa Public Schools Foundation in Holland,  Michigan. Mr. Batts was a director
of the Zeeland Chamber of Commerce from 1991 to 1996, and served as President in
1996. Mr. Batts earned a Bachelor of Business  Administration  degree in Finance
and a Masters in Business Administration from Western Michigan University.
    

     G. Thomas  Boylan is a director of the Company and the Bank.  Mr. Boylan is
the President of Light Metals  Corporation,  a manufacturing  company located in
Wyoming, Michigan, where he has been employed since 1947.

   
     Jessie F. Dalman is a director of the Company and the Bank.  Ms.  Dalman is
serving her fourth term in the Michigan  House of  Representatives  representing
the 90th  District  (Holland).  Ms.  Dalman serves as Minority Vice Chair of the
Education  Committee  and is also a member of the  Judiciary  Committee  and the
Colleges  and  Universities  Committee.  Prior to her  election to the  Michigan
legislature, Ms. Dalman served for twelve years as an Ottawa County Commissioner
representing  Holland City and Park  Township.  Ms.  Dalman earned a Bachelor of
Arts degree in Business  Administration  from Michigan  State  University  and a
Master of Arts degree in Economics from the University of Michigan.
    

     Robert  E.  DenHerder  is a  director  of the  Company  and the  Bank.  Mr.
DenHerder is the President of Uniform  Color Co., a company  located in Holland,
Michigan,  which  manufactures  color  concentrate  for  the  plastics  industry
focusing on  automotive  suppliers.  Mr.  DenHerder has been employed at Uniform
Color Co.  since  1981.  Mr.  DenHerder  is a member of the  Society of Plastics
Engineers, Ducks Unlimited and the Macatawa Area Coordinating Council.

   
     Wayne J. Elhart is a director of the  Company and the Bank.  Mr.  Elhart is
the President of Elhart Pontiac GMC Jeep in Holland, Michigan. Mr. Elhart serves
as  the  President  of  both  the  West  Michigan  Pontiac  Dealers  Advertising
Association  and the Out of State  Jeep  Dealers  Advertising  Association.  Mr.
Elhart is a graduate  of  Northwood  University  where he earned a  Bachelor  of
Business Administration Degree.
    

     Brian J. Hansen is a director of the  Company and the Bank.  Mr.  Hansen is
the President of Dew-El Portables, Inc., a company located in Holland, Michigan,
which sells and leases modular buildings  primarily to the school market,  where
he has been  employed  since 1992.  From 1985 to the time he sold the Company in
1994, Mr. Hansen was the president for Dew-El Corporation,  a company which sold
products to the school  market.  Mr.  Hansen is a former  member of the Board of
Directors of FMB-First Michigan Bank, Zeeland,  Michigan. Mr. Hansen is a member
of the Holland  Jaycees,  the past President of the Holland  Chapter of Michigan
Steelheaders and past President and an

                                       20
<PAGE>
organizing member of Wildlife  Unlimited,  where he is currently chairman of its
long range planning  development  committee for its outdoor learning center. Mr.
Hansen has served on various  committees  at Our Lady of the Lake  Church and is
presently  serving  as  the  owner's  representative  to  the  architect/general
contractor for the church's  building program.  Mr. Hansen is a member,  and has
served on the Board, of the Holland Country Club.

   
     James L. Jurries is a director of the Company and the Bank. Mr. Jurries has
served  since 1992 as  President  of Jurries  Capital  Management,  Inc., a real
estate,  venture capital and investment  company  located in Holland,  Michigan.
From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Jurries owned and developed a ten-store Blockbuster Video
franchise which he sold to Blockbuster Video in 1992. Mr. Jurries also worked as
a commercial loan officer for seven years. Mr. Jurries earned a Bachelor of Arts
in   Economics   from  Hope   College  in  Holland  and  a  Master  of  Business
Administration  from the University of Michigan.  Mr. Jurries is a former member
of the Board of Advisors of First of  America-West  Michigan.  Mr.  Jurries is a
past charter board member of Wildlife  Unlimited.  Currently,  Mr.  Jurries is a
member of the National Board of Ruffed Grouse Society, the Holland Country Club,
the Chamber of Commerce, and several ad hoc committees of religious, charitable,
and municipal organizations in Holland, Michigan.

     John F. Koetje is a director of the Company and the Bank.  Mr.  Koetje is a
partner in John F. Koetje and Associates, a West Michigan builder of residential
and light  commercial  real estate and apartment  complexes.  Mr. Koetje is Vice
President  of the  Georgetown  Township  EDC  Board and is a member of the Grand
Rapids  Home  Builders  Association  and a member of the  Hudsonville  Christian
School Society.
    

Director Compensation

     No  salaries  or other  remuneration  have been paid by the  Company to its
directors  or  officers  except  that the Company has granted to each of Messrs.
Smith, Boylan, Den Herder, Koning and a former director of the Bank an option to
purchase 4,000 shares of Common Stock. See "-- Directors Stock Option Plan." All
of the directors of the Company are also  directors of the Bank,  and all of the
officers of the Company are also  officers of the Bank and receive  compensation
for officer positions with the Bank.

   
     No  directors'  fees have been paid or will be paid during the Bank's first
year of  operations.  The Company  anticipates  that effective as of the date of
this offering  each  director  will be granted  stock options to purchase  2,000
shares of Common  Stock with an exercise  price  equal to the  initial  offering
price.  All  stock  options  are  granted  at no  cost to the  recipient.  It is
anticipated  that  after its first  year of  operations,  the Bank will pay each
director  reasonable fees for service on the Board,  which will be comparable to
fees paid by other local banks. It is not anticipated  that the Company will pay
any cash fees to directors for the  foreseeable  future.  However,  non-employee
directors may receive  grants of stock options under the Directors  Stock Option
Plan. See "-- Directors Stock Option Plan."
    


                                       21
<PAGE>
Executive Compensation

     Executive  officers  of the  Company  who are  also  employees  of the Bank
receive no additional  compensation  for their  positions  with the Company.  No
executive  officer  of the Bank is paid an annual  salary in excess of  $80,000,
except Mr.  Koning whose annual  salary is $100,000.  The  following  table sets
forth the  compensation  paid by the Bank to the  persons  indicated  during the
period from the Bank's organization through December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
                                                    SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Long Term
                                                                             Compensation
                                          Annual Compensation                Awards
            (a)             (b)                  (c)        (d)              (g)                    (i)
                                                                             Securities             All Other
         Name and                                                            Underlying             Compensation
    Principal Position      Year             Salary ($)     Bonus ($)        Options/SARs (#)       ($)
<S>                         <C>              <C>            <C>               <C>                   <C>
Benj. A. Smith, III
Chairman                    1997             $ 0            $ 0                 4,000                 --- (1)


Philip J. Koning
President                   1997             $28,075        $ 0                 4,000                 ---
</TABLE>
(1)      Excludes amounts paid to Smith & Associates.  See "Certain Transactions
         -- Pre-Opening Services."

Stock Option Information

     No stock  options were granted by the Company  from its  inception  through
December 31, 1997.  As of February 1, 1998, no stock options or other awards had
been  granted  pursuant to the  Company's  Stock  Compensation  Plan.  Effective
January 25, 1998, the Company  awarded stock options to purchase 4,000 shares to
each of Messrs.  Smith, Boylan,  DenHerder,  Koning and a former director of the
Bank,  which  become  exercisable  one year after the grant  date.  These  stock
options were granted  pursuant to the 1998 Directors' Stock Option Plan, have an
exercise price of $10.00 per share, are exercisable  beginning January 25, 1999,
and expire on January 25, 2008.

Employee Stock Compensation Plan

     The Company has adopted and its  shareholders  have  approved  the Macatawa
Bank Corporation Stock  Compensation Plan (the "Plan").  The purpose of the Plan
is to promote  the  long-term  success  of the  Company  for the  benefit of its
shareholders through stock-based compensation by aligning the personal interests
of the  Company's  key  employees  with those of its  shareholders.  The Plan is
designed to allow key  employees of the Company and certain of its  subsidiaries
to  participate  in the  Company's  future,  as well as to enable the Company to
attract,  retain,  and reward such  employees.  Eligibility is determined by the
Committee.

     Administration.  The Plan is  administered  by a committee  of the Board of
Directors  (the  "Committee").  The Committee will be composed of at least three
directors,  each of whom is not an employee of the  Company.  Each member of the
Committee is required to be a "disinterested  person" within the meaning of Rule
16b-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities and Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended,  and no member of the Committee is eligible to  participate
in the Plan.  Subject to the Company's  Articles,  Bylaws, and the provisions of
the Plan, the Committee has the authority to select key employees to whom Awards
(as defined below) may be awarded;  the type of Awards (or combination  thereof)
to be granted; the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award;

                                       22
<PAGE>
and the terms and  conditions of any Award,  such as  conditions of  forfeiture,
transfer restrictions and vesting requirements.

   
     The Plan  provides  for the  granting of a variety of  stock-based  Awards,
described in more detail below, such as stock options, including incentive stock
options,  as defined in Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended  (the  "Code"),   restricted  stock,   performance   shares,  and  other
stock-based awards.  These Awards are granted at no cost to the recipients.  The
term of the Plan is ten years;  no Awards  may be  granted  under the Plan after
January 25, 2008.
    

     Types of Awards.  The following  types of awards  ("Awards") may be granted
under the Plan:

   
     An  "Option"  is a  contractual  right to  purchase a number of shares at a
price  determined at the date the Option is granted.  Options include  incentive
stock  options,  as defined in Section 422 of the Code, as well as  nonqualified
stock options.  The exercise price included in both incentive  stock options and
nonqualified  stock options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value of
the Common  Stock at the date of grant.  Options  are  granted at no cost to the
recipients.
    

     "Restricted Stock" are shares of Common Stock granted to an employee for no
or nominal consideration. Title to the shares passes to the employee at the time
of the grant; however, the ability to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares is
subject to restrictions and conditions determined by the Committee.

     "Performance  Shares" are an Award of the right to receive stock or cash of
an  equivalent  value at the end of the  specified  performance  period upon the
attainment of specified performance goals.

     An "Other  Stock-Based  Award" is any other Award that may be granted under
the Plan that is valued in whole or in part by  reference to or is payable in or
otherwise based on Common Stock.

     Shares Subject to Plan. A total of 100,000  shares of the Company's  Common
Stock are  reserved  for use under the Plan.  The shares to be issued  under the
Plan will be authorized and unissued shares,  including shares reacquired by the
Company  which have that  status.  The number of shares that may be issued under
the Plan and the number of shares  subject to Options are subject to adjustments
in the event of a merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, stock
dividend,  stock split or other  change in  corporate  structure  affecting  the
Common  Stock.  Subject to certain  restrictions,  unexercised  Options,  lapsed
shares of  Restricted  Stock,  and shares  surrendered  in payment for exercised
Options may be reissued under the Plan.

     Termination  or  Amendment  of the Plan.  The Board may at any time  amend,
discontinue,  or  terminate  the  Plan  or any  part  thereof;  however,  unless
otherwise  required  by law,  the rights of a  participant  may not be  impaired
without the consent of such  participant.  In addition,  without the approval of
the Company's  shareholders,  no amendment may be made which would  increase the
aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock that may be issued  under the Plan,
change the  definition of employees  eligible to receive  Awards under the Plan,
extend the maximum  option  period under the Plan,  decrease the Option price of
any  Option  to less than  100% of the fair  market  value on the date of grant,
otherwise  materially increase the benefits to participants in the Plan or cause
the  Plan  not  to  comply  with  certain  applicable  securities  and  tax  law
requirements.

     Eligibility.  Key employees of the Company and its designated  subsidiaries
are eligible to be granted  Awards under the Plan.  Eligibility is determined by
the Committee.

     Participation and  Assignability.  Neither the Plan nor any Award agreement
granted under the Plan entitles any  participant  or other employee to any right
to continued employment by the Company or any subsidiary.  Generally,  no Award,
Option,  or other  benefit  payable  under  the Plan may,  except  as  otherwise
specifically provided by law, be subject in any manner to assignment,  transfer,
or encumbrance.  However,  Nonqualified Stock Options may be transferred without
consideration  to: (i) an immediate family member of the optionee,  (ii) a trust
for the benefit of the  immediate  family  members of the  optionee,  or (iii) a
partnership  or limited  liability  Company  whose only  partners or members are
immediate  family  members  of the  optionee,  if the  optionee  satisfies  such
conditions to the transfer as may be required by the Committee. Upon termination
of employment,  any portion of unexercised  Options which are exercisable on the
termination  date  must  generally  be  exercised  within  three  months  of the
termination date for any

                                       23
<PAGE>
termination  other than as a result of the death,  disability,  or retirement of
the employee, in which case the Plan provides for longer exercise periods.

     Federal Tax Consequences.  The following summarizes the consequences of the
grant and  acquisition of Awards under the Plan for federal income tax purposes,
based on management's  understanding  of existing  federal income tax laws. This
summary is  necessarily  general in nature and does not purport to be  complete.
Also,  state and local income tax  consequences  are not  discussed and may vary
from locality to locality.

     Options. Plan participants will not recognize taxable income at the time an
Option is granted  under the Plan unless the Option has a readily  ascertainable
market  value at the time of grant.  Management  understands  that Options to be
granted  under  the Plan  will not have a readily  ascertainable  market  value;
therefore,  income will not be  recognized  by  participants  before the time of
exercise of an Option.  For nonqualified  stock options,  the difference between
the fair market value of the shares at the time an Option is  exercised  and the
Option price  generally will be treated as ordinary  income to the optionee,  in
which case the Company  will be  entitled to a deduction  equal to the amount of
the  optionee's  ordinary  income.  With  respect to  incentive  stock  options,
participants will not realize income for federal income tax purposes as a result
of the  exercise of such  Options.  In addition,  if common stock  acquired as a
result of the exercise of an incentive stock option is disposed of more than two
years after the date the Option is granted and more than one year after the date
the Option was exercised,  the entire gain, if any, realized upon disposition of
such common  stock will be treated for  federal  income tax  purposes as capital
gain. Under these  circumstances,  no deduction will be allowable to the Company
in  connection  with either the grant or exercise of an incentive  stock option.
Exceptions  to  the  general  rules  apply  in  the  case  of  a  "disqualifying
disposition."  If a  participant  disposes  of shares of common  stock  acquired
pursuant to the exercise of an incentive  stock option before the  expiration of
one year after the date of exercise  or two years  after the date of grant,  the
sale of such  stock  will be  treated  as a  "disqualifying  disposition."  As a
result, such a participant would recognize ordinary income and the Company would
be entitled to a deduction in the year in which such disposition occurred.

     The amount of the  deduction  and the  ordinary  income  recognized  upon a
disqualifying  disposition  would  generally  be equal to the lesser of: (a) the
sale price of the shares  sold minus the Option  price,  or (b) the fair  market
value of the shares at the time of exercise and minus the Option  price.  If the
disposition  is to a related party (such as a spouse,  brother,  sister,  lineal
descendant,  or certain trusts for business entities in which the seller holds a
direct or indirect interest),  the ordinary income recognized generally is equal
to the excess of the fair  market  value of the  shares at the time of  exercise
over the exercise price.  Any additional gain  recognized upon  disposition,  in
excess of the ordinary income, will be taxable as capital gain. In addition, the
exercise of incentive  stock  options may result in an  alternative  minimum tax
liability.

     Restricted  Stock.  Recipients of shares of  Restricted  Stock that are not
"transferable"  and are subject to "substantial  risk of forfeiture" at the time
of grant will not be subject to federal  income taxes until the lapse or release
of the restrictions on sale of the shares, unless the recipient files a specific
election under the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. The recipient's income
and the Company's  deduction will be equal to the excess of the then fair market
value (or sale price) of the shares less any purchase price.

     Performance   Shares.   Participants  are  not  taxed  upon  the  grant  of
Performance Shares. Upon receipt of the underlying shares or cash, a participant
will be taxed at  ordinary  income tax rates  (subject  to  withholding)  on the
amount of cash received  and/or the current fair market value of stock received,
and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. The participant's
basis in any Performance Shares received will be equal to the amount of ordinary
income on which he or she was taxed and, upon subsequent  disposition,  any gain
or loss will be capital gain or loss.

Directors Stock Option Plan

     The Company has adopted and its  shareholders  have  approved  the Macatawa
Bank Corporation 1998 Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Directors  Plan").  The
Directors Plan is intended to encourage stock ownership by nonemployee directors
of the Company and the Bank, and to provide those  individuals  with  additional
incentive to manage the Company and the Bank  effectively  and to  contribute to
its success. The Directors Plan is also intended to provide a form

                                       24
<PAGE>
of  compensation  that will attract and retain highly  qualified  individuals as
nonemployee members of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

   
     Grant of Options.  Options have been granted  under the  Directors  Plan to
each of the Bank's original directors (Messrs. Boylan, Den Herder, Koning, Smith
and a former  director of the Bank) to purchase  4,000  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share (the  "Organizer  Options").  In the
future  options  under the Plan may only be  granted  to  directors  who are not
employed by the Company or any  subsidiary.  The Directors  Plan  authorizes the
Board of  Directors  to  develop a formula  for  future  option  grants but that
formula has not yet been developed. All Options granted under the Directors Plan
become  exercisable  one year  after  the  date of  grant,  including  Organizer
Options. Options are granted at no cost to the recipient.
    

     The term of each option  granted under the Directors  Plan is 10 years from
the date of grant  subject  to  earlier  termination  at the end of three  years
following the director's  termination of services as a director,  except for the
Organizer Options, which continue for a full 10 years from the date granted. The
option  price for each option  must equal 100% of the fair  market  value of the
Company's Common Stock on the date the option is granted.  In general, no option
may be  exercisable  in whole or in part prior to the first  anniversary  of the
date of grant of the option.  The Directors  Plan does not obligate the Company,
its Board of Directors or its  shareholders  to retain an optionee as a director
of the Company or the Bank.

     Administration.  The Directors Plan is  administered  by a committee of the
Board  of  Directors  (the  "Directors  Plan  Committee").  The  Directors  Plan
Committee will be composed of at least three  directors,  each of whom is not an
employee of the Company. Each member of the Directors Plan Committee is required
to be a  "disinterested  person" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the General
Rules and Regulations under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
The  Directors  Plan  Committee's  authority  is  limited  to  interpreting  the
provisions of the Directors Plan and supervising its  administration,  including
the power to adopt procedures and regulations for administrative purposes.

     Shares  Subject to Plan. A total of 40,000 shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock are reserved for issuance  under the Directors  Plan. The shares of Common
Stock that may be issued under the  Directors  Plan  pursuant to the exercise of
options will consist of authorized and unissued shares, which may include shares
reacquired  by the  Company.  The  Directors  Plan  provides  for  an  equitable
adjustment  in the number,  kind,  or price of shares of Common Stock covered by
options  in the event the  outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock are  increased,
decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of
the Company  through  stock  dividends  or similar  changes.  Shares  previously
reserved for issuance  under  unexercised  Options which  terminate,  whether by
expiration or otherwise,  may again be reserved for issuance  under a subsequent
Award.

     Termination or Amendment of the Plan. The Board of Directors of the Company
may amend or terminate the Directors  Plan with respect to shares not subject to
options at the time of amendment or  termination.  The Directors Plan may not be
amended without shareholder approval if the amendment would increase the maximum
number of shares that may be issued under the Directors Plan, extend the term of
the  options,  decrease  the price at which  options may be granted,  remove the
administration  of the Directors Plan from the Directors Plan Committee,  change
the class of persons  eligible  to receive  options  or permit the  granting  of
options  under the  Directors  Plan after  January 25, 2008.  Unless  terminated
earlier by the Board of Directors, the Directors Plan will expire on January 25,
2008.

     Transferability  of Options and Common Stock.  Generally,  options  granted
under the  Directors  Plan may be  transferred  only by will or according to the
laws of descent and distribution.  However,  options may be transferred  without
consideration  to: (i) an immediate family member of the optionee,  (ii) a trust
for the  benefit of the  immediate  family  members of an  optionee,  or (iii) a
partnership  or limited  liability  company  whose only  partners or members are
immediate  family  members  of an  optionee,  if  the  optionee  satisfies  such
conditions to the transfer as may be required by the Directors  Plan  Committee.
Options may be exercised only by an optionee or a permitted transferee during an
optionee's  lifetime.  Upon the death of an  optionee,  all Options  held by the
decedent, or his or her permitted transferees,  and not yet exercisable,  become
fully exercisable. Before issuing any shares upon the exercise of an option, the
Company may require the  optionee or the  permitted  transferee  to represent in
writing that the shares are being  acquired for  investment  and not for resale.
The  Company  may also  delay  issuance  of the  shares  until  all  appropriate
registrations  or  qualifications  under federal and state  securities laws have
been completed.

                                       25
<PAGE>
     Federal Tax Consequences.  The following summarizes the consequences of the
grant and exercise of options  under the Directors  Plan for federal  income tax
purposes,  based on management's  understanding  of existing  federal income tax
laws.  This summary is necessarily  general in nature and does not purport to be
complete.  Also,  state and local income tax  consequences are not discussed and
may vary from locality to locality.

     Optionees  will not  recognize  taxable  income  at the time an  option  is
granted under the Directors  Plan unless the option has a readily  ascertainable
market value at the time of grant.  Management  understands that options granted
under the  Directors  Plan will not have a readily  ascertainable  market value;
therefore,  income will not be  recognized  by  participants  before the time of
exercise of an option. Because options granted under the Directors Plan will not
qualify as incentive  stock options under the Code, the  difference  between the
fair  market  value of the  shares at the time an option  is  exercised  and the
option  exercise  price  generally  will be  treated as  ordinary  income to the
optionee.  The  Company is entitled to a  corresponding  deduction  equal to the
amount of an optionee's ordinary income.

     Tax  consequences  to the holder of the shares will arise again at the time
the shares of Common  Stock are sold.  In general,  if the shares have been held
for more than one year,  the gain or loss will be treated as  long-term  capital
gain or loss,  but,  under  current law, the shares must have been held for more
than 18 months for the most advantageous tax rate.  Otherwise,  the gain or loss
will be treated as  short-term  capital gain or loss.  The amount of any gain or
loss will be calculated  under the general  principles for determining  gain and
loss, and will equal the difference  between the amount realized in the sale and
the tax basis of the shares of Common Stock.  The tax basis will generally equal
the cost of the  shares  (the  option  exercise  price  paid)  plus  any  income
recognized upon exercise of the option.


                                       26
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Lease of Real Property

     The Bank leases its Holland office  located at 106 E. 8th Street,  Holland,
Michigan  49423,  from a corporation  wholly owned by Benj.  A. Smith,  III, the
Chairman and a director of the Company and the Bank. The terms of the lease were
negotiated  on an  arm's-length  basis.  The Company  believes that the rent and
other terms reflect fair market value. See "Business -- Properties."

Pre-Opening Services

     Smith &  Associates,  which is wholly  owned by Benj.  A. Smith,  III,  the
Company's  Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer,  received a payment of $50,000
plus expenses for services  rendered in  connection  with the  organization  and
commencement  of operations of the Bank.  These services  included,  among other
things,  preparation of regulatory  filings and activities  associated  with the
pre-opening  organization of the Bank, including locating and hiring management,
locating and leasing  appropriate  space,  and  negotiating  and  completing the
acquisition of assets and services  utilized by the Bank.  The Company  believes
that the amount represents the fair market value of the services rendered.

Banking Transactions

   
     The  directors  and  officers  of the Company and the Bank have had and are
expected to have banking and other transactions with the Company and the Bank in
the  ordinary  course of business.  Related  party loans  totaled  approximately
$491,000  at  February  28,  1998.  All  transactions  between  the  Company and
affiliated persons, including 5% shareholders,  are and will be on terms no less
favorable to the Company than could be obtained from independent  third parties.
Any loans and  commitments  to lend to such  affiliated  persons will be made on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those
prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions with unaffiliated parties of
similar creditworthiness.
    

Indemnification

     The Articles and Bylaws of the Company provide for the  indemnification  of
directors and officers of the Company and the Bank,  including  reasonable legal
fees,  incurred by such  directors and officers while acting for or on behalf of
the  Company  or  the  Bank  as  a  director  or  officer,  subject  to  certain
limitations. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Anti-Takeover Provisions." The
Company has purchased directors' and officers' liability insurance for directors
and officers of the Company and the Bank.

Formation of Bank Holding Company

     On February 18,  1997,  the Bank became a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company  pursuant to a  Consolidation  Agreement  filed with and approved by the
Federal Reserve Board and the FIB. Pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement, each
issued and outstanding share of common stock of the Bank was converted into 1.15
shares of Common Stock of the Company.  Directors and executive  officers of the
Company and the Bank held an aggregate of 135,000  shares of common stock of the
Bank and received in exchange for such shares an aggregate of 155,250  shares of
Common Stock of the Company. See "Recent Developments" and "Dilution."

                                       27
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   
     The table below sets forth,  as of February 28, 1998,  certain  information
regarding the  beneficial  ownership of the Common Stock by: (i) each person who
is known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Common
Stock,  (ii) each of the  directors of the Company and (iii) all  directors  and
executive  officers  of the  Company as a group,  both  before and after  giving
effect to this Offering.
<TABLE>
                             Common Stock           Percent of Class     Shares expected
                             Beneficially           Prior to the         to be Purchased        Percent of Class
Name and Address             Owned(1)               Offering             in the Offering(2)     After the Offering
- ----------------             ------------------     -----------------    -------------------    --------------
<S>                          <C>                    <C>                  <C>                    <C>
Benj. A. Smith, III (3)(4)
167 West 11th Street
Holland, MI 49423. . . . .          40,250                 4.3%               17,500                 2.6%
Philip J. Koning(4)
51 E. Main Street                   11,500                 1.2%                5,000                   *
Zeeland, MI 49464. . . . .
James L. Batts
9097 Lake Shore Dr.
West Olive, MI 49460 . . .          11,500                 1.2%                5,000                   *
G. Thomas Boylan(4)
458 Maple Lane
Saugatuck, MI 49453. . . .          40,250                 4.3%               17,500                 2.6%
Jessie F. Dalman
450 Brecado Court
Holland, MI 49423. . . . .             --                    *                 5,000                   *
Robert E. DenHerder(4)
10836 Riley Street
Holland, MI 49424. . . . .          40,250                 4.3%               17,500                 2.6%
Wayne J. Elhart
2007 Lakeway Dr.
Holland, MI 49423. . . . .          17,250                 1.8%                7,500                 1.1%
Brian J. Hansen
356 Cottage Lane
Holland, MI 49424. . . . .          23,000                 2.5%               10,000                 1.5%
James L. Jurries(5)
444 Brecado Court
Holland, MI 49423. . . . .          23,000                 2.5%               10,000                 1.5%
John F. Koetje
6724 36th Avenue
Hudsonville, MI 49426. . .          23,000                 2.5%               10,000                 1.5%
All executive officers
and directors as a group
(10 people) (3)(4) . . . .         230,000                24.5%              105,000                15.0%
- ----------------------
*Less than 1.0%
</TABLE>
    
                                       28
<PAGE>
(1)      For  purposes  of  this   disclosure,   shares  are  considered  to  be
         "beneficially"  owned if the person has, or shares the power to vote or
         direct  the  voting of  shares,  the power to  dispose of or direct the
         disposition of the shares or the right to acquire beneficial  ownership
         within  60  days.  Except  as  otherwise  set  forth  in the  following
         footnotes, directors and officers have sole voting and investment power
         or share voting and investment power with their wives.

(2)      Based  upon the  number  of shares of  Common  Stock  that the  persons
         indicated  have  informed  the Company  that they intend to purchase in
         this Offering.

(3)      Includes 15,900 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Smith's wife.

(4)      Excludes  4,000  shares of Common Stock  subject to options  granted to
         each of the named directors, other than Mr. Hansen, under the Directors
         Stock  Option Plan,  but which are not  exercisable  until  January 25,
         1999.

   
(5)      Includes 17,250 shares held by  trusts  for the benefit of Mr. Jurries'
         children for which Mr. Jurries serves as trustee.
    

                                       29
<PAGE>
                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     The following is a summary of certain  statutes and  regulations  affecting
the Company and the Bank.  This  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by such
statutes and regulations.  A change in applicable laws or regulations may have a
material effect on the Company, the Bank and the business of the Company and the
Bank.

General

     Financial   institutions  and  their  holding   companies  are  extensively
regulated  under  federal and state law.  Consequently,  the growth and earnings
performance  of the Company and the Bank can be affected not only by  management
decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the statutes administered
by,  and the  regulations  and  policies  of,  various  governmental  regulatory
authorities.  Those  authorities  include,  but are not limited to, the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board"), the FDIC,
the Commissioner of the Michigan Financial Institutions Bureau ("Commissioner"),
the Internal Revenue Service,  and state taxing authorities.  The effect of such
statutes,  regulations and policies can be significant,  and cannot be predicted
with a high degree of certainty.

     Federal and state laws and  regulations  generally  applicable to financial
institutions and their holding companies regulate, among other things, the scope
of business, investments,  reserves against deposits, capital levels relative to
operations,   lending  activities  and  practices,  the  nature  and  amount  of
collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers, consolidations and
dividends.  The system of supervision  and regulation  applicable to the Company
and  the  Bank  establishes  a  comprehensive  framework  for  their  respective
operations  and is intended  primarily for the  protection of the FDIC's deposit
insurance  funds,  the  depositors  of the Bank,  and the  public,  rather  than
shareholders of the Bank or the Company.

     Federal law and regulations  establish  supervisory standards applicable to
the  lending  activities  of  the  Bank,  including  internal  controls,  credit
underwriting,  loan documentation and loan-to-value  ratios for loans secured by
real property.

The Company

     General.  The Company is a bank holding company and, as such, is registered
with,  and subject to  regulation  by, the Federal  Reserve Board under the Bank
Holding  Company Act, as amended (the  "BHCA").  Under the BHCA,  the Company is
subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve Board, and is required to
file with the Federal Reserve Board periodic  reports of its operations and such
additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require.

     In accordance with Federal Reserve Board policy, the Company is expected to
act as a source of  financial  strength to the Bank and to commit  resources  to
support the Bank in circumstances  where the Company might not do so absent such
policy.  In  addition,  if the  Commissioner  deems  the  Bank's  capital  to be
impaired,  the  Commissioner  may  require  the Bank to restore its capital by a
special  assessment  upon the  Company as the Bank's  sole  shareholder.  If the
Company were to fail to pay any such assessment, the directors of the Bank would
be required, under Michigan law, to sell the shares of the Bank's stock owned by
the Company to the highest bidder at either a public or private  auction and use
the proceeds of the sale to restore the Bank's capital.

     Investments and Activities.  In general, any direct or indirect acquisition
by the  Company  of any  voting  shares of any bank  which  would  result in the
Company's  direct or indirect  ownership or control of more than 5% of any class
of voting shares of such bank,  and any merger or  consolidation  of the Company
with  another  bank  company,  will  require the prior  written  approval of the
Federal  Reserve  Board  under the BHCA.  In  acting on such  applications,  the
Federal Reserve Board must consider various statutory  factors,  including among
others,  the effect of the  proposed  transaction  on  competition  in  relevant
geographic and product markets, and each party's financial condition, managerial
resources,  and record of  performance  under the  Community  Reinvestment  Act.
Effective  September 29, 1995, bank holding  companies may acquire banks located
in any state in the United States without regard to geographic  restrictions  or
reciprocity   requirements   imposed  by  state  law,  but  subject  to  certain
conditions,  including  limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may
be held by the acquiring company and all of its insured  depository  institution
affiliates.

                                       30
<PAGE>
     The merger or  consolidation  of an existing bank subsidiary of the Company
with another bank, or the  acquisition by such a subsidiary of assets of another
bank, or the assumption of liability by such a subsidiary to pay any deposits in
another bank, will require the prior written approval of the responsible Federal
depository institution regulatory agency under the Bank Merger Act, based upon a
consideration of statutory  factors similar to those outlined above with respect
to the BHCA. In addition, in certain such cases an application to, and the prior
approval of, the Federal  Reserve  Board under the BHCA and/or the  Commissioner
under the Michigan Banking Code, may be required.

     With certain limited  exceptions,  the BHCA prohibits any bank company from
engaging,  either directly or indirectly  through a subsidiary,  in any activity
other  than  managing  or  controlling  banks  unless the  proposed  non-banking
activity is one that the Federal  Reserve Board has  determined to be so closely
related to banking or managing or controlling  banks as to be a proper  incident
thereto.  Under current  Federal  Reserve Board  regulations,  such  permissible
non-banking  activities  include  such  things as  mortgage  banking,  equipment
leasing,  securities  brokerage,  and consumer and  commercial  finance  company
operations.  As a result of recent amendments to the BHCA,  well-capitalized and
well-managed  bank  holding  companies  may engage de novo in  certain  types of
non-banking  activities  without  prior  notice to, or approval  of, the Federal
Reserve Board,  provided that written notice of the new activity is given to the
Federal  Reserve  Board within 10 business days after the activity is commenced.
If a bank  company  wishes to engage in a  non-banking  activity by  acquiring a
going concern,  prior notice and/or prior  approval will be required,  depending
upon the activities in which the company to be acquired is engaged,  the size of
the company to be acquired and the  financial  and  managerial  condition of the
acquiring bank company.

     In  evaluating  a  proposal  to  engage  (either  de  novo or  through  the
acquisition of a going concern) in a non-banking  activity,  the Federal Reserve
Board will consider  various  factors,  including among others the financial and
managerial  resources of the bank company,  and the relative public benefits and
adverse  effects  which may be expected to result  from the  performance  of the
activity by an  affiliate of the bank  company.  The Federal  Reserve  Board may
apply  different  standards to  activities  proposed to be commenced de novo and
activities commenced by acquisition, in whole or in part, of a going concern.

     Capital  Requirements.  The Federal  Reserve  Board uses  capital  adequacy
guidelines  in its  examination  and  regulation of bank holding  companies.  If
capital falls below minimum guidelines,  a bank company may, among other things,
be  denied  approval  to  acquire  or  establish  additional  banks or  non-bank
businesses.

     The Federal  Reserve  Board's  capital  guidelines  establish the following
minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements  for bank  holding  companies:  (i) a
leverage capital requirement expressed as a percentage of total assets, and (ii)
a  risk-based  requirement  expressed  as a  percentage  of total  risk-weighted
assets. The leverage capital  requirement  consists of a minimum ratio of Tier 1
capital (which consists principally of shareholders'  equity) to total assets of
3% for the most highly rated  companies,  with minimum  requirements of 4% to 5%
for all others. The risk- based requirement consists of a minimum ratio of total
capital to total risk-weighted  assets of 8%, of which at least one-half must be
Tier 1 capital.

     The risk-based and leverage standards presently used by the Federal Reserve
Board are minimum  requirements,  and higher  capital levels will be required if
warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking
organizations.  For example,  Federal  Reserve  Board  regulations  provide that
additional  capital  may be required to take  adequate  account of,  among other
things,  interest  rate risk and the risks  posed by  concentrations  of credit,
nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. Further, any banking
organization  experiencing or anticipating  significant growth would be expected
to maintain capital ratios,  including  tangible capital positions (i.e., Tier 1
capital less all intangible assets),  well above the minimum levels. The Federal
Reserve Board has not advised the Company of any specific minimum Tier 1 Capital
leverage ratio applicable to it.

     Dividends.  The Company is a  corporation  separate and  distinct  from the
Bank.  Most of the  Company's  revenues  will be  received  by it in the form of
dividends,  if  any,  paid by the  Bank.  Thus,  the  Company's  ability  to pay
dividends  to  its   shareholders   will  indirectly  be  limited  by  statutory
restrictions on its ability to pay dividends.  See "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION -
the Bank - Dividends."  Further,  the Federal  Reserve Board has issued a policy
statement on the payment of cash  dividends by bank  holding  companies.  In the
policy  statement,  the Federal  Reserve  Board  expressed  its view that a bank
company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not pay cash dividends exceeding
its net  income  or which can only be  funded  in ways  that  weakened  the bank
company's financial health, such

                                       31
<PAGE>
as by borrowing.  Additionally,  the Federal Reserve Board possesses enforcement
powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or
remedy  actions that  represent  unsafe or unsound  practices or  violations  of
applicable  statutes  and  regulations.  Among  these  powers is the  ability to
proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.  Similar
enforcement  powers  over  the Bank  are  possessed  by the  FDIC.  The  "prompt
corrective  action"  provisions  of federal law and  regulation  authorizes  the
Federal Reserve Board to restrict the payment of dividends by the Company for an
insured bank which fails to meet specified capital levels.

     In addition to the restrictions on dividends imposed by the Federal Reserve
Board,  the Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act provides that  dividends may be
legally declared or paid only if after the  distribution a corporation,  such as
the Company,  can pay its debts as they come due in the usual course of business
and its total assets equal or exceed the sum of its liabilities  plus the amount
that would be needed to satisfy the preferential  rights upon dissolution of any
holders of  preferred  stock  whose  preferential  rights are  superior to those
receiving the  distribution.  The Company is authorized to issue preferred stock
but it has no current plans to issue any such preferred stock.

The Bank

     General.  The  Bank is a  Michigan  banking  corporation  and  its  deposit
accounts are insured by the Bank  Insurance  Fund (the "BIF") of the FDIC.  As a
BIF-insured  Michigan  chartered  bank, the Bank is subject to the  examination,
supervision,  reporting and enforcement requirements of the Commissioner, as the
chartering  authority for Michigan banks,  and the FDIC, as administrator of the
BIF.  These  agencies and the federal and state laws  applicable to the Bank and
its operations,  extensively  regulate  various aspects of the banking  business
including,   among  other  things,  permissible  types  and  amounts  of  loans,
investments and other activities, capital adequacy, branching, interest rates on
loans and on deposits,  the  maintenance  of  non-interest  bearing  reserves on
deposit accounts, and the safety and soundness of banking practices.

     Deposit Insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution,  the Bank is required to
pay deposit  insurance  premium  assessments to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a
risk-based assessment system under which all insured depository institutions are
placed into one of nine categories and assessed insurance  premiums,  based upon
their  respective  levels of  capital  and  results of  supervisory  evaluation.
Institutions  classified  as  well-capitalized  (as  defined  by the  FDIC)  and
considered  healthy pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than
adequately  capitalized  (as defined by the FDIC) and  considered of substantial
supervisory concern pay the highest premium.  Risk classification of all insured
institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

     The Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA")  requires the FDIC to establish
assessment  rates at levels which will maintain the Deposit  Insurance Fund at a
mandated  reserve  ratio of not less than 1.25% of estimated  insured  deposits.
Accordingly,  the FDIC established the schedule of BIF insurance assessments for
the first semi-annual assessment period of 1998, ranging from 0% of deposits for
institutions in the lowest risk category to .27% of deposits for institutions in
the highest risk category.

     The FDIC may  terminate  the deposit  insurance  of any insured  depository
institution if the FDIC determines, after a hearing, that the institution or its
directors have engaged or are engaging in unsafe or unsound  practices,  or have
violated any applicable  law,  regulation,  order,  or any condition  imposed in
writing by, or written  agreement with, the FDIC, or if the institution is in an
unsafe or unsound  condition to continue  operations.  The FDIC may also suspend
deposit  insurance  temporarily  during  the  hearing  process  for a  permanent
termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital.

     Commissioner  Assessments.  Michigan banks are required to pay  supervisory
fees to the Commissioner to fund the operations of the Commissioner.  The amount
of  supervisory  fees paid by a bank is based upon the bank's total  assets,  as
reported to the Commissioner.

     FICO  Assessments.  Pursuant to federal  legislation  enacted September 30,
1996,  the Bank, as a member of the BIF, is subject to  assessments to cover the
payments on outstanding  obligations of the Financing Corporation ("FICO"). FICO
was created in 1987 to finance the  recapitalization  of the Federal Savings and
Loan Insurance  Corporation,  the predecessor to the FDIC's Savings  Association
Insurance  Fund (the "SAIF") which insures the deposits of thrift  institutions.
Until  January 1, 2000,  the FICO  assessments  made against BIF members may not
exceed 20% of the

                                       32
<PAGE>
amount of FICO  assessments made against SAIF members.  Currently,  SAIF members
pay FICO assessments at a rate equal to  approximately  0.063% of deposits while
BIF  members pay FICO  assessments  at a rate equal to  approximately  0.013% of
deposits.  Between  January 1, 2000 and the  maturity  of the  outstanding  FICO
obligations  in 2019,  BIF members and SAIF  members  will share the cost of the
interest  on the FICO  bonds on a pro rata  basis.  It is  estimated  that  FICO
assessments during this period will be less than 0.025% of deposits

     Capital  Requirements.  The  FDIC has  established  the  following  minimum
capital standards for  state-chartered,  FDIC-insured  non-member banks, such as
the Bank: a leverage requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital
to total assets of 3% for the most highly-rated banks with minimum  requirements
of 4% to 5% for all others, and a risk-based capital requirement consisting of a
minimum  ratio of total  capital to total  risk-weighted  assets of 8%, at least
one-half of which must be Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital consists principally of
shareholders'  equity.  These  capital  requirements  are minimum  requirements.
Higher   capital  levels  will  be  required  if  warranted  by  the  particular
circumstances  or risk profiles of individual  institutions.  For example,  FDIC
regulations provide that higher capital may be required to take adequate account
of, among other things, interest rate risk and the risks posed by concentrations
of credit,  nontraditional  activities or securities  trading  activities.  As a
condition to regulatory approval of the Bank's formation,  the Bank was required
to have an  initial  capitalization  sufficient  to  provide  a ratio  of Tier 1
capital to total estimated assets of at least 8% at the end of the third year of
operation.

     Federal law provides  the federal  banking  regulators  with broad power to
take  prompt  corrective  action to resolve  the  problems  of  undercapitalized
institutions.  The extent of the  regulators'  powers  depends  on  whether  the
institution  in  question  is  "well  capitalized,"   "adequately  capitalized,"
"undercapitalized,"    "significantly    undercapitalized,"    or    "critically
undercapitalized."  Federal  regulations  define  these  capital  categories  as
follows:
<TABLE>
                                           Total                  Tier 1
                                           Risk-Based             Risk-Based
                                           Capital Ratio          Capital Ratio           Leverage Ratio
<S>                                        <C>                    <C>                     <C>
Well capitalized                           10% or above           6% or above             5% or above
Adequately capitalized                       8% or above          4% or above             4% or above
Undercapitalized                           Less than 8%           Less than 4%            Less than 4%
Significantly undercapitalized             Less than 6%           Less than 3%            Less than 3%
Critically undercapitalized                          --                     --            A ratio of tangible
                                                                                          equity to total assets
                                                                                          of 2% or less
</TABLE>
     Depending  upon the capital  category to which an  institution is assigned,
the regulators' corrective powers include: requiring the submission of a capital
restoration plan; placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities;
requiring  the  institution  to  issue   additional   capital  stock  (including
additional  voting  stock)  or to be  acquired;  restricting  transactions  with
affiliates;  restricting  the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits;
ordering a new election of directors of the  institution;  requiring that senior
executive  officers or directors be dismissed;  prohibiting the institution from
accepting deposits from correspondent banks; requiring the institution to divest
certain  subsidiaries;  prohibiting  the  payment of  principal  or  interest on
subordinated debt; and ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.

     In  general,  a  depository  institution  may be  reclassified  to a  lower
category  than is indicated  by its capital  levels if the  appropriate  federal
depository  institution  regulatory  agency  determines  the  institution  to be
otherwise  in an unsafe or  unsound  condition  or to be engaged in an unsafe or
unsound  practice.  This could include a failure by the  institution,  following
receipt  of a  less-than-satisfactory  rating  on its  most  recent  examination
report, to correct the deficiency.

     Dividends.  Under  Michigan  law, the Bank is  restricted as to the maximum
amount  of  dividends  it may pay on its  common  stock.  The  Bank  may not pay
dividends  except out of net profits after deducting its losses and bad debts. A
Michigan state bank may not declare or pay a dividend  unless the bank will have
a surplus  amounting  to at least 20% of its  capital  after the  payment of the
dividend.  If the Bank has a surplus less than the amount of its capital, it may
not  declare or pay any  dividend  until an amount  equal to at least 10% of net
profits for the preceding one-half year (in the case of quarterly or semi-annual
dividends) or full-year (in the case of annual  dividends) has been  transferred
to surplus.

                                       33
<PAGE>
A Michigan  state bank may,  with the approval of the  Commissioner,  by vote of
shareholders owning 2/3 of the stock eligible to vote increase its capital stock
by a  declaration  of a stock  dividend,  provided  that after the  increase the
bank's surplus equals at least 20% of its capital stock, as increased.  The Bank
may not declare or pay any dividend until the cumulative  dividends on preferred
stock (should any such stock be issued and outstanding)  have been paid in full.
The Bank's Articles of  Incorporation do not authorize the issuance of preferred
stock and there are no current plans to seek such authorization.

     Federal law generally  prohibits a depository  institution  from making any
capital distribution  (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management
fee  to  its  company  if  the  depository   institution   would  thereafter  be
undercapitalized.  The FDIC may prevent an insured bank from paying dividends if
the  bank is in  default  of  payment  of any  assessment  due to the  FDIC.  In
addition,  the FDIC may prohibit  the payment of dividends by the Bank,  if such
payment is determined,  by reason of the financial  condition of the Bank, to be
an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

     Insider  Transactions.  The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed
by the  Federal  Reserve Act on any  extensions  of credit to the Company or its
subsidiaries,  on investments in the stock or other securities of the Company or
its  subsidiaries  and the  acceptance  of the stock or other  securities of the
Company or its  subsidiaries  as collateral for loans.  Certain  limitations and
reporting  requirements  are also placed on  extensions of credit by the Bank to
its  directors  and  officers,  to directors and officers of the Company and its
subsidiaries,  to  principal  shareholders  of  the  Company,  and  to  "related
interests" of such directors,  officers and principal shareholders. In addition,
federal law and  regulations may affect the terms upon which any person becoming
a director or officer of the Company or one of its  subsidiaries  or a principal
shareholder  of the  Company  may obtain  credit  from banks with which the Bank
maintains a correspondent relationship.

     Safety and Soundness  Standards.  The federal banking agencies have adopted
guidelines to promote the safety and soundness of federally  insured  depository
institutions.  These  guidelines  establish  standards  for  internal  controls,
information  systems,   internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,   credit
underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset growth,  compensation,  fees and
benefits,  asset quality and earnings.  In general, the guidelines prescribe the
goals to be achieved in each area, and each  institution will be responsible for
establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution  fails
to  comply  with  any  of  the  standards  set  forth  in  the  guidelines,  the
institution's  primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a
plan for achieving and  maintaining  compliance.  The preamble to the guidelines
states that the agencies expect to require a compliance plan from an institution
whose  failure to meet one or more of the  standards is of such severity that it
could  threaten  the safe and sound  operation  of the  institution.  Failure to
submit an acceptable compliance plan , or failure to adhere to a compliance plan
that has been accepted by the appropriate  regulator,  would constitute  grounds
for further enforcement action.

     State Bank Activities. Under federal law and FDIC regulations, FDIC-insured
state  banks are  prohibited,  subject to  certain  exceptions,  from  making or
retaining  equity  investments  of a  type,  or  in  an  amount,  that  are  not
permissible   for  a  national  bank.   Federal  law,  as  implemented  by  FDIC
regulations,  also prohibits  FDIC-insured  state banks and their  subsidiaries,
subject to certain  exceptions,  from engaging as principal in any activity that
is not permitted for a national bank or its subsidiary, respectively, unless the
bank meets, and continues to meet, its minimum regulatory  capital  requirements
and the FDIC  determines the activity  would not pose a significant  risk to the
deposit insurance fund of which the bank is a member.  Impermissible investments
and activities must be divested or  discontinued  within certain time frames set
by the FDIC in accordance with federal law. These restrictions are not currently
expected to have a material impact on the operations of the Bank.

     Consumer  Protection Laws. The Bank's business includes making a variety of
types of loans to  individuals.  In making these  loans,  the Bank is subject to
State usury and regulatory  laws and to various  federal  statutes,  such as the
Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Truth in
Lending Act, the Real Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act, and the Home Mortgage
Disclosure  Act, and the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  which  prohibit
discrimination, specify disclosures to be made to borrowers regarding credit and
settlement  costs,  and regulate the mortgage loan  servicing  activities of the
Bank,  including  the  maintenance  and  operation  of escrow  accounts  and the
transfer of mortgage loan servicing.  In receiving deposits, the Bank is subject
to extensive  regulation under State and federal law and regulations,  including
the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Bank Secrecy
Act, the Electronic  Funds Transfer Act, and the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act.
Violation of these laws could result in the  imposition of  significant  damages
and fines upon the Bank and its directors and officers.

                                       34
<PAGE>
     Branching  Authority.  Michigan banks, such as the Bank, have the authority
under  Michigan  law to  establish  branches  anywhere in the State of Michigan,
subject to receipt of all required regulatory  approvals (including the approval
of the Commissioner and the FDIC).

     Effective  June 1, 1997 (or earlier if expressly  authorized  by applicable
state law), the Riegle-Neal  Interstate Banking and Branching  Efficiency Act of
1994 (the "IBBEA") allows banks to establish  interstate branch networks through
acquisitions of other banks,  subject to certain  conditions,  including certain
limitations  on the  aggregate  amount  of  deposits  that  may be  held  by the
surviving bank and all of its insured  depository  institution  affiliates.  The
establishment  of de novo  interstate  branches or the acquisition of individual
branches  of a  bank  in  another  state  (rather  than  the  acquisition  of an
out-of-state  bank in its  entirety)  is allowed  by IBBEA only if  specifically
authorized by state law. The legislation  allowed individual states to "opt-out"
of interstate branching authority by enacting  appropriate  legislation prior to
June 1, 1997.

     Michigan  did not opt out of IBBEA,  and now permits both U.S. and non-U.S.
banks to  establish  branch  offices in  Michigan.  The  Michigan  Banking  Code
permits, in appropriate circumstances and with the approval of the Commissioner,
(i)  the  acquisition  of  all  or   substantially   all  of  the  assets  of  a
Michigan-chartered  bank by an FDIC- insured bank,  savings bank, or savings and
loan association  located in another state,  (ii) the acquisition by a Michigan-
chartered  bank of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of an  FDIC-insured
bank,  savings bank or savings and loan  association  located in another  state,
(iii) the consolidation of one or more Michigan-chartered banks and FDIC-insured
banks,  savings banks or savings and loan  associations  located in other states
having laws  permitting  such  consolidation,  with the  resulting  organization
chartered by Michigan,  (iv) the  establishment by a foreign bank, which has not
previously  designated any other state as its home state under the International
Banking Act of 1978, of branches located in Michigan,  and (v) the establishment
or  acquisition of branches in Michigan by  FDIC-insured  banks located in other
states,  the District of Columbia or U.S.  territories or  protectorates  having
laws  permitting   Michigan-chartered   banks  to  establish  branches  in  such
jurisdiction. Further, the Michigan Banking Code permits, upon written notice to
the  Commissioner,  (i) the acquisition by a  Michigan-chartered  bank of one or
more  branches (not  comprising  all or  substantially  all of the assets) of an
FDIC-insured  bank,  savings  bank or savings  and loan  association  located in
another state,  the District of Columbia,  or a U.S.  territory or protectorate,
(ii) the establishment by Michigan-chartered  banks of branches located in other
states,  the District of Columbia,  or U.S.  territories or  protectorates,  and
(iii) the consolidation of one or more Michigan-chartered banks and FDIC-insured
banks,  savings banks or savings and loan associations  located in other states,
with the resulting organization chartered by one of such other states.

                                       35
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The  Company's  authorized  capital stock  consists of 9,500,000  shares of
Common Stock and 500,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value (the "Preferred
Stock"). No shares of Preferred Stock have been issued by the Company.

     Michigan law allows the  Company's  Board of Directors to issue  additional
shares of stock up to the  total  amount of  Common  Stock and  Preferred  Stock
authorized  without obtaining the prior approval of the  shareholders.  Macatawa
Bank is the transfer agent for the Common Stock.

Common Stock

     Dividend Rights.  Subject to any prior rights of holders of Preferred Stock
then outstanding,  the holders of the Common Stock will be entitled to dividends
when,  as and if  declared  by the  Company's  Board of  Directors  out of funds
legally  available  therefor.  Under  Michigan  law,  dividends  may be  legally
declared  or paid only if after the  distribution  the  corporation  can pay its
debts as they come due in the usual  course of  business  and the  corporation's
total  assets  equal or exceed the sum of its  liabilities  plus the amount that
would be needed to satisfy  the  preferential  rights  upon  dissolution  of any
holders  of  Preferred  Stock then  outstanding  whose  preferential  rights are
superior to those receiving the distribution. See "Supervision and Regulation --
The Bank -- Dividends."

     Funds for the  payment of  dividends  by the  Company  are  expected  to be
obtained  primarily from  dividends of the Bank.  There can be no assurance that
the  Company  will  have  funds  available  for  dividends,  or that if they are
available,  that dividends will be declared by the Company's Board of Directors.
As the Bank is not  expected to be  profitable  during its start up period,  the
Company does not expect to be in a position to declare  dividends at any time in
the near future.

     Voting  Rights.  Subject  to the  rights,  if any,  of holders of shares of
Preferred Stock then outstanding, all voting rights are vested in the holders of
shares of Common Stock.  Each share of Common Stock  entitles the holder thereof
to one vote on all matters, including the election of directors. Shareholders of
the Company do not have cumulative voting rights.

     Preemptive Rights. Holders of Common Stock do not have preemptive rights.

     Liquidation  Rights.  Subject  to any  rights of any  Preferred  Stock then
outstanding,  holders of Common  Stock are entitled to share on a pro rata basis
in the  net  assets  of the  Company  which  remain  after  satisfaction  of all
liabilities.

     Reports to  Shareholders.  The Company will furnish its  shareholders  with
annual reports containing audited financial information and, for the first three
quarters of each fiscal year,  quarterly reports containing  unaudited financial
information. See "Available Information."

     Shares  Available  for  Issuance.   The  availability  for  issuance  of  a
substantial  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  Preferred  Stock at the
discretion  of the  Board  of  Directors  will  provide  the  Company  with  the
flexibility to take advantage of  opportunities  to issue such stock in order to
obtain  capital,  as  consideration  for  possible  acquisitions  and for  other
purposes  (including,  without  limitation,  the issuance of  additional  shares
through stock splits and stock  dividends in appropriate  circumstances).  There
are, at present, no plans, understandings, agreements or arrangements concerning
the issuance of additional  shares of the Company capital stock,  except for the
shares  of  Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance  under  the  Company's  stock
compensation and stock option plans.

     Uncommitted  authorized  but unissued  shares of Common Stock may be issued
from time to time to such  persons  and for such  consideration  as the Board of
Directors  of the Company  may  determine  and  holders of the then  outstanding
shares of Common Stock may or may not be given the  opportunity to vote thereon,
depending  upon the  nature  of any such  transactions,  applicable  law and the
judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company  regarding  the  submission of
such  issuance  to  the  Company's   shareholders.   As  noted,   the  Company's
shareholders will have no preemptive rights to subscribe to newly issued shares.

                                       36
<PAGE>
     Moreover,  it will be possible that additional shares of Common Stock would
be issued for the purpose of making an  acquisition  by an unwanted  suitor of a
controlling interest in the Company more difficult,  time consuming or costly or
would otherwise  discourage an attempt to acquire control of the Company.  Under
such circumstances, the availability of authorized and unissued shares of Common
Stock may make it more difficult for  shareholders to obtain a premium for their
shares.  Such  authorized and unissued  shares could be used to create voting or
other  impediments  or to  frustrate a person  seeking to obtain  control of the
Company by means of a merger,  tender offer,  proxy contest or other means. Such
shares could be privately  placed with  purchasers who might  cooperate with the
Board of Directors  of the Company in opposing  such an attempt by a third party
to gain control of the Company. The issuance of new shares of Common Stock could
also be used to dilute ownership of a person or entity seeking to obtain control
of the Company.  Although the Company does not currently  contemplate taking any
such action,  shares of Company  capital  stock could be issued for the purposes
and effects described above, and the Board of Directors  reserves its rights (if
consistent  with its  fiduciary  responsibilities)  to issue such stock for such
purposes.

Preferred Stock

   
     The Board of  Directors  of the Company is  authorized  to issue  Preferred
Stock, in one or more series,  from time to time, with such voting powers,  full
or limited,  or without voting powers, and with such  designations,  preferences
and   relative,   participating,   optional  or  other   special   rights,   and
qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof, as may be provided in the
resolution or  resolutions  adopted by the Board of Directors.  The authority of
the Board of Directors  includes,  but is not limited to, the  determination  or
fixing of the  following  with  respect  to shares of such  class or any  series
thereof:  (i) the  number of shares and  designation  of such  series;  (ii) the
dividend rate and whether  dividends are to be cumulative;  (iii) whether shares
are to be  redeemable,  and, if so,  whether  redeemable  for cash,  property or
rights;  (iv) the rights to which the holders of shares shall be  entitled,  and
the preferences,  if any, over any other series; (v) whether the shares shall be
subject to the operation of a purchase,  retirement or sinking fund, and, if so,
upon what  conditions;  (vi)  whether the shares  shall be  convertible  into or
exchangeable  for shares of any other class or of any other  series of any class
of capital stock and the terms and  conditions  of such  conversion or exchange;
(vii) the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of the shares;  (viii) whether
the issuance of any  additional  shares,  or of any shares of any other  series,
shall  be  subject  to  restrictions  as  to  issuance,  or as  to  the  powers,
preferences or rights of any such other series;  and (ix) any other preferences,
privileges  and powers and  relative,  participating,  optional or other special
rights and qualifications,  limitations or restrictions. The Board of Directors,
without  stockholder  approval,  can  issue  Preferred  Stock  with  voting  and
conversion  rights which could  adversely  affect the voting power of the common
stock.
    

Anti-Takeover Provisions

     In  addition  to the  utilization  of  authorized  but  unissued  shares as
described above, the Company's  Articles and the Michigan  Business  Corporation
Act (the "MBCA") contain other  provisions which could be utilized by Company to
impede  certain  efforts to acquire  control of the  Company.  Those  provisions
include the following:

     Control  Share  Act.  The MBCA  contains  provisions  intended  to  protect
shareholders  and  prohibit  or  discourage  certain  types of hostile  takeover
activities.  These  provisions  regulate the acquisition of "control  shares" of
large public Michigan corporations (the "Control Share Act").

     The Control  Share Act  establishes  procedures  governing  "control  share
acquisitions."  A control  share  acquisition  is defined as an  acquisition  of
shares by an acquirer which, when combined with other shares held by that person
or entity, would give the acquirer voting power at or above any of the following
thresholds:  20%,  33-1/3% or 50%.  Under the Control Share Act, an acquirer may
not vote "control shares" unless the  corporation's  disinterested  shareholders
vote to confer  voting  rights on the  control  shares.  The  acquiring  person,
officers of the target corporation,  and directors of the target corporation who
are also employees of the  corporation are precluded from voting on the issue of
whether the control shares shall be accorded  voting  rights.  The Control Share
Act does not affect the voting  rights of shares  owned by an  acquiring  person
prior to the control share acquisition.

     The Control Share Act entitles  corporations  to redeem control shares from
the acquiring  person under certain  circumstances.  In other cases, the Control
Share Act confers  dissenters'  rights upon all of a corporation's  shareholders
except the acquiring person.
                                       37
<PAGE>
     The Control Share Act applies only to an "issuing public  corporation." The
Company   falls  within  the  statutory   definition   of  an  "issuing   public
corporation." The Control Share Act automatically applies to any "issuing public
corporation" unless the corporation "opts out" of the statute by so providing in
its articles of incorporation or bylaws.  The Company has not "opted out" of the
Control Share Act.

     Fair Price Act.  Certain  provisions  of the MBCA (the  "Fair  Price  Act")
establish  a  statutory  scheme  similar  to the  supermajority  and fair  price
provisions found in many corporate charters.  The Fair Price Act provides that a
supermajority vote of 90% of the shareholders and no less than two-thirds of the
votes of non-interested  shareholders must approve a "business combination." The
Fair  Price Act  defines a  "business  combination"  to  encompass  any  merger,
consolidation,  share exchange,  sale of assets,  stock issue,  liquidation,  or
reclassification of securities involving an "interested  shareholder" or certain
"affiliates."  An "interested  shareholder" is generally any person who owns 10%
or more of the  outstanding  voting shares of the company.  An  "affiliate" is a
person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common
control with a specified person.

     The  supermajority  vote  required  by the Fair Price Act does not apply to
business combinations that satisfy certain conditions. These conditions include,
among  others,  that:  (i) the  purchase  price to be paid for the shares of the
company is at least equal to the  greater of (a) the market  value of the shares
or (b) the highest per share price paid by the interested shareholder within the
preceding  two-year period or in the transaction in which the shareholder became
an  interested  shareholder,  whichever  is  higher;  and (ii) once a person has
become an  interested  shareholder,  the person  must not become the  beneficial
owner of any additional  shares of the company except as part of the transaction
which resulted in the interested  shareholder becoming an interested shareholder
or by virtue of proportionate stock splits or stock dividends.

     The   requirements  of  the  Fair  Price  Act  do  not  apply  to  business
combinations  with an  interested  shareholder  that the Board of Directors  has
approved or exempted from the  requirements  of the Fair Price Act by resolution
at any time prior to the time that the  interested  shareholder  first became an
interested shareholder.

     Classified  Board. The Board of Directors of the Company is classified into
three  classes,   with  each  class  serving  a  staggered,   three-year   term.
Classification  of the Board could have the effect of extending  the time during
which the existing  Board of Directors  could control the operating  policies of
Company  even though  opposed by the  holders of a majority  of the  outstanding
shares of Common Stock.

     Under  the  Company's   Articles,   all  nominations  for  directors  by  a
shareholder  must be  delivered  to the  Company in writing at least 60, but not
more than 90, days prior to the annual meeting of the shareholders. A nomination
that is not  received  within this period will not be placed on the ballot.  The
Board believes that advance notice of nominations by shareholders  will afford a
meaningful  opportunity to consider the  qualifications of the proposed nominees
and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors, will
provide  an  opportunity  to  inform  shareholders  about  such  qualifications.
Although  this  nomination  procedure  does not give the Board of Directors  any
power to approve or disapprove of  shareholder  nominations  for the election of
directors,  this  nomination  procedure  may have the  effect  of  precluding  a
nomination  for the election of directors at a particular  annual meeting if the
proper procedures are not followed.

     The  Company's  Articles  provide  that  any one or more  directors  may be
removed  at any  time,  with or  without  cause,  but  only by  either:  (i) the
affirmative vote of a majority of "Continuing Directors" and at least 80% of the
directors; or (ii) the affirmative vote, at a meeting of the shareholders called
for that  purpose,  of the  holders of at least 80% of the  voting  power of the
then-outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Company  entitled  to vote
generally in the election of directors,  voting  together as a single  class.  A
"Continuing  Director" is generally defined in the Articles as any member of the
Board who is unaffiliated with any "interested shareholder" (generally, an owner
of 10% or more of the Company's  outstanding  voting shares) and was a member of
the Board  prior to the time an  interested  shareholder  became  an  interested
shareholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with
an interested shareholder and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by
a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board.

     Any  vacancies  in the Board of  Directors  for any  reason,  and any newly
created  directorships  resulting  from any increase in the number of directors,
may be filled only by the Board of Directors, acting by an affirmative vote of

                                       38
<PAGE>
a  majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  and an  80%  majority  of all of the
directors then in office,  although less than a quorum.  Any directors so chosen
shall  hold  office  until the next  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  at which
directors  are elected to the class to which such a director was named and until
their  respective  successors  shall  be duly  elected  and  qualified  or their
resignation  or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors may shorten the
term of any incumbent director.

     Notice of Shareholder  Proposals.  Under the Company's  Articles,  the only
business that may be conducted at an annual or special  meeting of  shareholders
is business  that has been brought  before the meeting by or at the direction of
the  majority of the  directors  or by a  shareholder  of the  Company:  (i) who
provides  timely  notice of the  proposal  in  writing to the  secretary  of the
Company and the proposal is a proper  subject for action by  shareholders  under
Michigan law or (ii) whose proposal is included in the Company's proxy materials
in compliance with all the  requirements  set forth in the applicable  rules and
regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  To  be  timely,  a
shareholder's notice of proposal must be delivered to, or mailed to and received
at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than 60 days prior to
the  date  of  the  originally   scheduled  annual  meeting  regardless  of  any
postponements,  deferrals or  adjournments of that meeting to a later date. With
respect to special  meetings,  notice  must be  received by the Company not more
than 10 days  after  the  Company  mails  notice  of the  special  meeting.  The
shareholder's  notice of  proposal  must set forth in  writing  each  matter the
shareholder  proposes to bring  before the meeting  including:  (i) the name and
address  of the  shareholder  submitting  the  proposal,  as it  appears  on the
Company's books and records; (ii) a representation that the shareholder:  (a) is
a holder of record of stock of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting,  (b)
will  continue to hold such stock through the date on which the meeting is held,
and (c)  intends to vote in person or by proxy at the  meeting and to submit the
proposal for shareholder vote; (iii) a brief description of the proposal desired
to be  submitted  to the  meeting  for  shareholder  vote  and the  reasons  for
conducting  such  business  at the  meeting;  and  (iv) the  description  of any
financial or other interest of the  shareholder in the proposal.  This procedure
may limit to some degree the ability of shareholders to initiate  discussions at
annual shareholders meetings. It may also preclude the conducting of business at
a particular meeting if the proposed notice procedures have not been followed.

     Certain  Shareholder  Action.  The  Company's  Articles  require  that  any
shareholder   action  must  be  taken  at  an  annual  or  special   meeting  of
shareholders,  that any meeting of  shareholders  must be called by the Board of
Directors  or the  Chairman of the Board,  and  prohibit  shareholder  action by
written consent. Shareholders of the Company are not permitted to call a special
meeting of shareholders  or require that the Board call such a special  meeting.
The MBCA permits shareholders holding in the aggregate 10% or more of all of the
shares  entitled to vote at a meeting to request the Circuit Court of the County
in which the  Company's  principal  place of  business or  registered  office is
located to order a special meeting of shareholders for good cause shown.

     Amendment or Repeal of Certain  Provisions of the Articles.  Under Michigan
law,  the  Board of  Directors  need not  adopt a  resolution  setting  forth an
amendment to the Articles  before the  shareholders  may vote on it.  Unless the
Articles provide  otherwise,  amendments of the Articles  generally  require the
approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  stock entitled to vote
thereon,  and  if the  amendment  would  increase  or  decrease  the  number  of
authorized  shares of any class or series,  or the par value of such shares,  or
would  adversely  affect the rights,  powers,  or  preferences  of such class or
series,  a majority of the outstanding  stock of such class or series also would
be required to approve the amendment.

     The Company's Articles require that in order to amend,  repeal or adopt any
provision  inconsistent  with Article VIII  relating to the Board of  Directors,
Article IX  relating  to  shareholder  proposals  or  Article X with  respect to
certain  shareholder  action, the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the issued
and  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock  entitled  to vote in the  election of
directors,  voting as a single class must be received;  provided,  however, that
such  amendment or repeal or  inconsistent  provision  may be made by a majority
vote of such  shareholders  at any meeting of the  shareholders  duly called and
held where such amendment has been  recommended  for approval by at least 80% of
all  directors  then  holding  office  and  by a  majority  of  the  "continuing
directors." These amendment  provisions could render it more difficult to remove
management or for a person  seeking to effect a merger or otherwise gain control
of the Company.  These amendment  requirements could, therefore adversely affect
the potential realizable value of shareholders' investments.

                                       39
<PAGE>
     Board Evaluation of Certain Offers.  Article XII of the Company's  Articles
provides that the Board of Directors  shall not approve,  adopt or recommend any
offer of any  person  or entity  (other  than the  Company)  to make a tender or
exchange offer for any Common Stock,  to merge or  consolidate  the Company with
any other  entity,  or to purchase or acquire  all or  substantially  all of the
Company's  assets,  unless  and  until the  Board  has  evaluated  the offer and
determined  that it would be in compliance with all applicable laws and that the
offer is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. In doing so,
the Board may rely on an opinion of legal  counsel who is  independent  from the
offeror,  and/or  it may test  such  legal  compliance  in front of any court or
agency that may have appropriate jurisdiction over the matter.

     In making its  determination,  the Board must consider all factors it deems
relevant,  including  but not limited to: (i) the  adequacy  and fairness of the
consideration to be received by the Company and/or its shareholders, considering
historical  trading  prices of the capital stock of the Company,  the price that
could be achieved in a negotiated  sale of the Company as a whole,  past offers,
and the future prospects of the Company;  (ii) the potential social and economic
impact  of the  proposed  transaction  on the  Company,  its  subsidiaries,  its
employees, customers and vendors; (iii) the potential social and economic impact
of the  proposed  transaction  on the  communities  in which the Company and its
subsidiaries  operate or are located;  (iv) the business and financial condition
and earnings  prospects of the proposed  acquiring person or entity; and (v) the
competence,  experience and integrity of the proposed acquiring person or entity
and its or their management.

     In order to amend, repeal, or adopt any provision that is inconsistent with
Article  XII,  at least 80% of the  shareholders,  voting  together  as a single
class,  must  approve the  change,  unless the change has been  recommended  for
approval  by at least 80% of the  directors,  in which  case a  majority  of the
voting stock could approve the action.

                                       40
<PAGE>
                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Upon completion of this Offering, the Company expects to have approximately
2,240,125  shares of its Common Stock  outstanding.  The 1,300,000 shares of the
Company's  Common Stock  purchased in this Offering (plus any additional  shares
sold upon the  Underwriter's  exercise of its  over-allotment  option) have been
registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may generally
be  resold  without  registration  under the  Securities  Act  unless  they were
acquired by directors, executive officers, or other affiliates of the Company or
the Bank (collectively,  "Affiliates").  Affiliates of the Company may generally
only sell shares of the Common Stock pursuant to the Commission's Rule 144.

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, an affiliate (as defined
in Rule 144) of the  Company  may sell  shares of the  Common  Stock  within any
three-month  period in an amount limited to the greater of 1% of the outstanding
shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock  (22,401  shares  immediately  after the
completion  of this  Offering)  or the  average  weekly  trading  volume  in the
Company's Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales
under Rule 144 are also  subject to certain  manner-of-sale  provisions,  notice
requirements  and the  availability  of  current  public  information  about the
Company.

     The Company and the directors and officers of the Company and the Bank (who
are  expected to hold an aggregate of  approximately  222,750  shares after this
Offering), have agreed, or will agree, that they will not issue, offer for sale,
sell,  grant any options for the sale of or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of
Common  Stock or any  rights to  purchase  shares of Common  Stock,  in the open
market or otherwise,  without the prior written consent of the Underwriter for a
period of one year from the date of this Prospectus.  In addition,  all of those
investors  who owned  stock in the Bank before it was  acquired by the  Company,
have  agreed  not to sell any of the  Company  shares  exchanged  for their Bank
shares  prior to November 10, 1998.  Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no
public trading market for the Common Stock, and no predictions can be made as to
the effect,  if any, that sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale
will have on the prevailing market price of the Common Stock after completion of
this Offering. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the
public market could have an adverse effect on prevailing market prices.

                                       41
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement,  Robert
W. Baird & Co.  Incorporated,  as  Underwriter,  has agreed to purchase from the
Company an aggregate  of up to  1,300,000  shares of Common Stock at the initial
offering price less the Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus.

     The Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the Underwriter's  obligation to
pay for and accept  delivery  of the shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby is
subject  to  certain  conditions  precedent  and  that the  Underwriter  will be
obligated  to  purchase  all  such  shares,  excluding  shares  covered  by  the
over-allotment option, if any are purchased.

     The Company has been advised by the Underwriter  that the Underwriter  will
purchase the shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereunder at an initial  offering
price of $10.00 per share less  Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions of $0.70
per share.  However,  Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions will be reduced to
$0.30 per share with  respect to sales of shares to any  director  or officer of
the  Company  or  the  Bank  or  their  immediate  family  members  ("Affiliated
Purchasers"),  and will be reduced to $0.525 for potential investors whose name,
address and  telephone  number are furnished to the  Underwriter  by the Company
prior  to the  commencement  by the  Underwriter  of the  offering  process.  In
addition, with respect to a maximum of 400,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold
to persons who previously  invested in the Bank in 1997 and were shareholders of
the Company prior to this Offering,  the  Underwriter has agreed that there will
be no Underwriting Discounts or Commissions.

     The Underwriter has informed the Company that it does not intend to confirm
sales of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby to any accounts over which it
exercises discretionary authority.

     The Company has granted the  Underwriter an option  exercisable for 30 days
after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to 195,000 additional shares of
Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, at the same price per share to be
paid by the Underwriter for the other shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The
Underwriter  may  exercise  such option  only for the  purpose of  covering  any
over-allotments of the 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

     The Company,  its directors  and  executive  officers and those of the Bank
have  agreed  with the  Underwriter,  for a period of one year after the date of
this  Prospectus,  not to issue,  sell, offer to sell, grant any options for the
sale of, or  otherwise  dispose of any  shares of Common  Stock or any rights to
purchase  shares of Common Stock,  in the open market or otherwise,  without the
prior written consent of the Underwriter.

     The  Underwriting  Agreement  contains  indemnity  provisions  between  the
Underwriter and the Company and the controlling  persons thereof against certain
liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act. The Company
is generally obligated to indemnify the Underwriter in connection with losses or
claims arising out of any untrue  statement of a material fact contained in this
Prospectus or in related  documents  filed with the Commission or with any state
securities  administrator  or any omission of certain  material  facts from such
documents.

     There has been no public trading  market for the Common Stock.  The initial
offering  price was  determined  by  negotiations  between  the  Company and the
Underwriter.  This price is not based upon earnings or any history of operations
and should not be construed as indicative of the present or  anticipated  future
value of the Common Stock.  Several  factors were  considered in determining the
initial offering price of the Common Stock, including the fact that the Bank has
commenced  operations,  the size of the  Offering,  the desire that the security
being offered be attractive to individuals and the  Underwriter's  experience in
dealing with initial public offerings for financial institutions.  Prior to this
Offering, the Bank sold shares of its common stock to its original investors for
a price equivalent to $8.70 per share of Common Stock.

                                       42
<PAGE>
                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Neither  the  Company  nor  the  Bank  is a  party  to  any  pending  legal
proceeding.  Management believes there is no litigation  threatened in which the
Company or the Bank faces  potential  loss or exposure or which will  materially
affect  shareholders'  equity or the Company's  business or financial  condition
upon completion of this Offering.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The  legality of the shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Varnum, Riddering,  Schmidt & Howlett LLP, Grand Rapids,
Michigan. Barrack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg,  Chicago, Illinois,
is acting as counsel  for the  Underwriter  in  connection  with  certain  legal
matters relating to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

     Members of Varnum, Riddering,  Schmidt & Howlett LLP own, in the aggregate,
11,500 shares of Common Stock.

                                     EXPERTS

     The financial  statements of the Company  included in this  Prospectus have
been audited by Crowe,  Chizek and Company LLP,  independent public accountants,
as indicated in their report with respect thereto. Such financial statements are
included herein and in the Registration  Statement in reliance upon such reports
given upon the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   
     This Prospectus  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  concerning
certain  aspects of the business of the Company.  When used in this  prospectus,
words such as "believe,"  "anticipate," "intend," "goal," "expects," and similar
expressions may identify forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements
are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially  from  those   contemplated  in  such   forward-looking   statements.
Prospective  investors  are  cautioned  not to  place  undue  reliance  on these
forward-looking statements,  which speak only as of the date of this Prospectus.
The Company  undertakes no obligation to release publicly any revisions to these
forward-looking  statements to reflect  events or  circumstances  after the date
hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
    

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company  has filed a  Registration  Statement  with the  Commission  in
accordance  with the provisions of the Securities  Act. This Prospectus does not
contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement,  certain
portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of
the Commission. For further information pertaining to the shares of Common Stock
offered  hereby  and to the  Company,  reference  is  made  to the  Registration
Statement,  including the Exhibits filed as a part thereof,  copies of which can
be inspected at and copied at the Public Reference  Section of the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional
offices located at Northwestern  Atrium Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 606661, and Room 1400, 75 Park Place, New York, New York
10007.  Copies of such  materials  can also be obtained at  prescribed  rates by
writing to the Public  Reference  Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  In  addition  the  Company is required to file
electronic   versions  of  these  documents  with  the  Commission  through  the
Commission's  Electronic Data Gathering,  Analysis and Retrieval (EDGAR) system.
The  Commission  maintains  a World  Wide  Web site at  http://www.sec.gov  that
contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the Company
pursuant to the provisions  discussed above under  "Description of Capital Stock
- -- Anti-Takeover  Provisions" or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in
the opinion of the Commission such  indemnification  is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

                                       43
<PAGE>
                           MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION

                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              February 28, 1998 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1997
<PAGE>
                           MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                               Zeeland, Michigan

                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              February 28, 1998 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1997


                                    CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS............................................F-2


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS..........................................F-3
     
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME....................................F-4
     
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...........F-5

     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS................................F-6

     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...........................F-7

                                                                             F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



   
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Macatawa Bank Corporation
Zeeland, Michigan


We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet of Macatawa Bank
Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and the related  consolidated
statements  of income,  changes in  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for the
period from May 21, 1997 (date of inception)  through  December 31, 1997.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.
    
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
   
In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Macatawa  Bank
Corporation  and  Subsidiary  at  December  31,  1997,  and the results of their
operations  and their  cash  flows for the  period  from May 21,  1997  (date of
inception)  through  December 31, 1997 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.
    


                                                   Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan
February 25, 1998

                                                                             F-2
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997
    
<TABLE>

                                                              1998              1997
                                                          (Unaudited)
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>
ASSETS
     Cash and due from banks ...........................   $    764,748    $    415,120
     Federal funds sold ................................        500,000
     Short-term investments ............................                      7,000,000
                                                           ------------    ------------
         Cash and cash equivalents .....................      1,264,748       7,415,120
     Securities available for sale, at fair value ......     14,000,000       2,000,400
     Total loans .......................................      7,562,015         497,704
     Allowance for loan losses .........................       (114,000)         (7,500)
                                                           ------------    ------------
                                                              7,448,015         490,204
     Premises and equipment - net ......................        828,791         681,807
     Accrued interest receivable .......................        112,276          38,532
     Organizational costs ..............................         62,832          66,139
     Other assets ......................................        116,618          29,991
                                                           ------------    ------------
         Total assets ..................................   $ 23,833,280    $ 10,722,193
                                                           ============    ============

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
     Deposits
         Noninterest-bearing ...........................   $  1,384,839    $    245,812
         Interest-bearing ..............................     14,739,581       2,466,411
                                                           ------------    ------------
              Total ....................................     16,124,420       2,712,223
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities ............         47,911          37,963
                                                           ------------    ------------
         Total liabilities .............................     16,172,331       2,750,186
Shareholders' equity
     Preferred stock, no par value, 500,000 shares
       authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
   
     Common stock, no par value:  9,500,000 shares
       authorized; 1998 and 1997 - 940,125 shares issued
       and outstanding .................................      8,137,268       8,137,268

     Retained deficit ..................................       (476,319)       (165,525)
     Net unrealized appreciation on securities available
    
       for sale, net of tax of $136 ....................                            264
                                                           ------------    ------------
         Total shareholders' equity ....................      7,660,949       7,972,007
                                                           ------------    ------------
              Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 23,833,280    $ 10,722,193
                                                           ============    ============
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                             F-3
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
         Two months ended February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and period from
    
           May 21, 1997 (date of inception) through December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
                                                        1998            1997
                                                     (Unaudited)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Interest income
     Loans, including fees ........................   $  50,633    $   3,448
     Securities ...................................     117,373       72,834
                                                      ---------    ---------
         Total interest income ....................     168,006       76,282
Interest expense
     Deposits .....................................      60,767        5,339
     Other ........................................                      213
                                                      ---------    ---------
         Total interest expense ...................      60,767        5,552
                                                      ---------    ---------
Net interest income ...............................     107,239       70,730
Provision for loan losses .........................    (106,500)      (7,500)
                                                       ---------    ---------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses         739       63,230
Noninterest income ................................       1,061
Noninterest expense
     Salaries and benefits ........................     153,723      111,341
     Occupancy expense of premises ................      20,958        9,226
     Furniture and equipment expense ..............      16,889        5,328
     Legal and professional fees ..................      31,388       18,437
     Advertising ..................................      17,326       27,698
     Supplies .....................................      17,721       30,729
     Other expense ................................      54,589       25,996
                                                      ---------    ---------
         Total noninterest expenses ...............     312,594      228,755
                                                      ---------    ---------
Loss before federal income tax ....................    (310,794)    (165,525)
Federal income tax ................................           0            0
                                                      ---------    ---------
Net loss ..........................................   $(310,794)   $(165,525)
                                                      =========    =========
   
Basic loss per share ..............................   $    (.33)    $   (.18)
                                                      =========    =========
    
Average shares outstanding ........................     940,125      940,125
                                                      =========    =========
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                             F-4
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
                              SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
         Two months ended February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and period from
    
           May 21, 1997 (date of inception) through December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
                                                                                            Net Unrealized
                                                                                            Appreciation
                                                                                            on Securities
                                                                                              Available           Total
                                                            Common           Retained         for Sale,       Shareholders'
                                                            Stock            Deficit         Net of Tax          Equity
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>             <C>                 <C>
Balance, May 21, 1997                                       $        0       $       0       $     0             $        0

Common stock sale on November 7, 1997                        8,137,268                                            8,137,268

Net loss for the period from May 21, 1997 (date
  of inception) through December 31, 1997                                     (165,525)                            (165,525)

Net change in unrealized appreciation on securities
  available for sale, net of tax of $136                                                          264                   264
                                                            -----------      ----------      --------            ----------

Balance, December 31, 1997                                    8,137,268       (165,525)           264             7,972,007

Net loss for two months ended February 28, 1998 (unaudited)                   (310,794)                            (310,794)

Net change in unrealized appreciation on securities
  available for sale, net of tax of ($136) (unaudited)                                           (264)                 (264)
                                                            -----------      ----------      ---------           -----------

Balance, February 28, 1998 (unaudited)                      $ 8,137,268      $(476,319)      $       0            $7,660,949
                                                            ===========      ==========      =========            ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                             F-5
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
         Two months ended February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and period from
    
           May 21, 1997 (date of inception) through December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
                                                                   1998             1997
                                                               (Unaudited)
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
     Net loss ............................................   $   (310,794)   $   (165,525)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
       cash from operating activities
         Depreciation and amortization ...................         15,834           5,769
         Provision for loan losses .......................        106,500           7,500
         Net change in
              Organizational costs .......................          3,307         (66,139)
              Accrued interest receivable and other assets       (160,372)        (68,523)
              Accrued expenses and other liabilities .....         10,084          37,827
                                                              ------------    ------------
                  Net cash from operating activities .....       (335,441)       (249,091)
Cash flows from investing activities
     Net increase in loans ...............................     (7,064,310)       (497,704)
     Purchase of
         Securities available for sale ...................    (12,000,000)     (2,000,000)
         Premises and equipment ..........................       (162,818)       (687,576)
                                                             ------------    ------------
              Net cash from investing activities .........    (19,227,128)     (3,185,280)
Cash flows from financing activities
   
     Net increase in deposits ............................     13,412,197       2,712,223
     Proceeds from the issuance of 940,125 shares
    
       of common stock ...................................                      8,137,268
                                                             ------------    ------------
         Net cash from financing activities ..............     13,412,197      10,849,491
                                                             ------------    ------------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents ..................     (6,150,372)      7,415,120
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period .........      7,415,120               0
                                                             ------------    ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ...............   $  1,264,748    $  7,415,120
                                                             ============    ============
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
     Cash paid during the period for
         Interest ........................................   $     40,498    $        640
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                             F-6
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   
Nature of Operations:  The Company became the bank holding  company for Macatawa
Bank (the  "Bank") on  February  23,  1998,  when all of the Bank's  outstanding
common stock (817,500  shares) was converted into all of the outstanding  common
stock of the Company (940,125 shares) and all of the Bank's  shareholders became
all of the Company's shareholders. The exchange ratio in the conversion was 1.15
shares of Company  common stock for each share of Bank common stock.  The Bank's
common  stock had been  issued to its  shareholders  as of November 7, 1997 as a
result of a private  offering of the Bank's  common  stock at a price of $10 per
share  or  a  total  of  $8,175,000.   As  this  was   essentially  an  internal
reorganization, the consolidated financial statements are presented by including
operations of the Company and Bank for all periods presented.  Further share and
per share date has been  adjusted  for the  conversion  ratios of 1.15 shares of
Company stock for one share of Bank stock.

Macatawa Bank is a community-based financial institution, located in the Holland
and Zeeland,  Michigan  area.  The Bank's  primary  services  include  accepting
deposits and making  commercial,  mortgage and installment loans in the Michigan
counties of Ottawa and Kent. The Bank commenced its  application  process on May
21,  1997,  completed  its common  stock sale on November 7, 1997 and opened for
operations  on November 25, 1997 after several  months of work by  incorporators
and employees in preparing applications with the various regulatory agencies and
obtaining  insurance and building space.  While a portion of these costs,  those
associated with  organizational  costs ($66,139),  have been capitalized and are
being  amortized over 60 months,  the remaining  costs ($70,059) are included in
the 1997 income  statement.  These financial  statements  include the results of
operations for the period since the commencement of the application process.
    

Use of Estimates:  To prepare financial  statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based
on available  information.  These estimates and  assumptions  affect the amounts
reported in the financial  statements and the disclosures  provided,  and future
results  could  differ.  The  allowance  for loan  losses and the fair values of
financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

Cash Flow  Reporting:  Cash and cash  equivalents  include cash on hand,  demand
deposits with other financial  institutions,  short-term securities  (securities
with  maturities of equal to or less than 90 days) and federal funds sold.  Cash
flows  are   reported   net  for   customer   loan  and  deposit   transactions,
interest-bearing time deposits with other financial  institutions and short-term
borrowings with maturities of 90 days or less.

Securities:  Securities  available  for sale consist of those  securities  which
might be sold prior to  maturity  due to changes in interest  rates,  prepayment
risks,  yield and  availability of alternative  investments,  liquidity needs or
other factors. Securities classified as available for sale are reported at their
fair value and the related unrealized  holding gain or loss is reported,  net of
related income tax effects,  as a separate  component of  shareholders'  equity,
until realized.  Securities held to maturity are investment securities for which
the Company  has the  positive  intent and  ability to hold to maturity  and are
reported at cost,  adjusted for premiums and  discounts  that are  recognized in
interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity.

                                  (Continued)
                                                                             F-7
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Premiums and discounts on securities are recognized in interest income using the
interest method over the estimated life of the security. Gains and losses on the
sale of securities  available for sale are determined  based upon amortized cost
of the specific security sold.

Loans: Loans are reported at the principal balance outstanding,  net of deferred
loan fees and costs, the allowance for loan losses,  and  charge-offs.  Interest
income is reported  on the  interest  method and  includes  amortization  of net
deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term.

Allowance  for Loan  Losses:  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is a  valuation
allowance,  increased  by the  provision  for loan  losses and  recoveries,  and
decreased by charge-offs.  Management  estimates the allowance  balance required
based on known and inherent  risks in the  portfolio,  economic  conditions  and
other factors.  Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but
the entire  allowance is available for any loan that, in management's  judgment,
should be charged-off.

Loan  impairment  is  reported  when full  payment  under the loan  terms is not
expected.  Impairment  is evaluated in aggregate  for  smaller-balance  loans of
similar nature such as residential mortgage, consumer and credit card loans, and
on an individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a portion of
the  allowance is  allocated  so that the loan is reported,  net, at the present
value of estimated  future cash flows using the loan's existing rate.  Loans are
evaluated for impairment  when payments are delayed,  typically 90 days or more,
or when the internal grading system indicates a doubtful  classification.  There
were no loans classified as impaired for the periods presented.

Premises  and  Equipment:  Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less
accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed using both straight-line and
accelerated  methods over the estimated  useful lives of the respective  assets.
Maintenance,  repairs and minor alterations are charged to current operations as
expenditures  occur and major  improvements  are  capitalized.  These assets are
reviewed  for  impairment  under SFAS No. 121 when events  indicate the carrying
amount may not be recoverable.

Income  Taxes:  Income tax expense is the sum of the current year income tax due
or refundable  and the change in deferred tax assets and  liabilities.  Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax consequences of temporary
differences   between  the  carrying   amounts  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities,  computed using enacted tax rates.  A valuation  allowance has been
established  to the extent of net deferred tax assets due to a lack of operating
performance to ensure that it is more likely than not it would be recovered.

                                  (Continued)
                                                                             F-8
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Fair Values of Financial  Instruments:  Fair values of financial instruments are
estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully
disclosed separately.  Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of
significant  judgment  regarding  interest rates,  credit risk,  prepayments and
other factors,  especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items.
Changes in assumptions or in market  conditions could  significantly  affect the
estimates.  The fair  value  estimates  of  existing  on-and  off-balance  sheet
financial  instruments does not include the value of anticipated future business
or the values of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.

   
Dividend  Restriction:  The Company and Bank are subject to banking  regulations
which require the  maintenance of certain capital levels and which may limit the
amount of dividends which may be paid.
    

Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share: Basic earnings (loss) per share is based on net
income  (loss)  divided by the  weighted  average  number of shares  outstanding
during the period.

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair values of securities were as follows:
<TABLE>
Available for Sale
                                                                       Gross           Gross
                                                  Amortized         Unrealized      Unrealized           Fair
                                                    Cost               Gains          Losses            Values
<S>                                               <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>
February 28, 1998 (Unaudited)
     U.S. Treasury securities and
       obligations of U.S. Government
       corporations and agencies                  $14,000,000                                           $14,000,000
                                                  ===========                                           ===========

December 31, 1997
     U.S. Treasury securities and
       obligations of U.S. Government
       corporations and agencies                  $ 2,000,000        $        400                        $2,000,400
                                                  ===========        ============                       ===========
</TABLE>
There  were no sales of  securities  for two  months  ended  February  28,  1998
(unaudited)  and for the period  from May 21, 1997 (date of  inception)  through
December 31, 1997.

The Bank held only one  available  for sale  security  at  year-end  1997  which
matures on December 18, 1998.

                                   (Continued)
                                                                             F-9
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997



NOTE 2 - SECURITIES (Continued)

Contractual  maturities of debt securities at February 28, 1998 were as follows.
No held-to-maturity securities existed at February 28, 1998. Expected maturities
may differ from contractual  maturities  because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
                                           Available-for-Sale Securities
                                            Amortized             Fair
                                              Cost               Values
     <S>                                   <C>                 <C>
     Due in 1998                           $ 2,000,000         $  2,000,000
     Due from 1999 to 2002                   4,000,000            4,000,000
     Due from 2003 to 2007                   8,000,000            8,000,000
                                           -----------         ------------
                                           $14,000,000         $ 14,000,000
                                           ===========         ============

</TABLE>
NOTE 3 - LOANS

Loans are as follows:
<TABLE>
                                 February 28,      December 31,
                                    1998              1997
                                  (Unaudited)
     <S>                         <C>            <C>
     Commercial ..............   $ 3,620,242    $   130,000
     Mortgage ................     2,539,690        207,245
     Consumer ................     1,402,083        160,459
                                 -----------    -----------
                                   7,562,015        497,704
     Allowance for loan losses      (114,000)        (7,500)
                                 -----------    -----------
                                 $ 7,448,015    $   490,204
                                 ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
Activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:
<TABLE>        
                                                                      Period from
                                                      Two                May 21,
                                                      months        (date of inception)
                                                      ended              through
                                                    February 28,       December 31,
                                                       1998               1997
                                                    (Unaudited)
     <S>                                             <C>            <C>
     Balance at beginning of period                  $   7,500      $       0
         Provision charged to operating expense        106,500          7,500
                                                     ---------      ---------
     Balance at end of period                        $ 114,000      $   7,500
                                                     =========      =========
</TABLE>
(Continued)
                                                                            F-10
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997


NOTE 4 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT - NET

Premises and equipment are as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                                    Accumulated         Carrying
                                                                     Cost          Depreciation           Value
<S>                                                            <C>                <C>               <C>
February 28, 1998 (unaudited)
     Building and improvements                                 $      209,984     $       (2,754)   $       207,230
     Furniture and equipment                                          640,411            (18,850)           621,561
                                                               --------------     --------------    ---------------
                                                               $      850,395     $      (21,604)   $       828,791
                                                               ==============     ==============    ===============
December 31, 1997
     Building and improvements                                 $      196,761     $       (1,055)   $       195,706
     Furniture and equipment                                          490,815             (4,714)           486,101
                                                               --------------     --------------    ---------------
                                                               $      687,576     $       (5,769)   $       681,807
                                                               ==============     ==============    ===============
</TABLE>

NOTE 5 - DEPOSITS

Deposits are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                                   February 28,       December 31,
                                                                                       1998               1997
                                                                                    (Unaudited)
     <S>                                                                          <C>               <C>
     Noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts                                  $    1,384,839    $       245,812
     Money market accounts                                                             8,016,710          1,173,742
     NOW and Super NOW accounts                                                        3,276,121            628,653
     Savings accounts                                                                    663,639            146,973
     Certificates of deposit                                                           2,783,111            517,043
                                                                                  --------------    ---------------
                                                                                  $   16,124,420    $     2,712,223
                                                                                  ==============    ===============
</TABLE>
At period end,  maturities of certificates of deposits were as follows,  for the
next five years:
<TABLE>
                                                                                   February 28,       December 31,
                                                                                       1998               1997
                                                                                    (Unaudited)
                  <S>                                                             <C>                 <C>
                  1998                                                            $    2,141,101    $       352,203
                  1999                                                                   432,727            158,945
                  2000                                                                   176,372              4,805
                  2001                                                                    31,821                  0
                  2002                                                                     1,090              1,090
                  2003                                                            --------------    ---------------   

                                                                                  $    2,783,111    $       517,043
                                                                                  ==============    ===============
</TABLE>
The Bank had  approximately  $1,512,000  and  $200,000 in time  certificates  of
deposit  which were in  denominations  of $100,000 or more at February  28, 1998
(unaudited) and December 31, 1997, respectively.

                                  (Continued)
                                                                            F-11
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997



NOTE 6 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   
The Company recorded no current or deferred benefit for income taxes as a result
of recording the valuation allowance in the amount of net deferred tax assets.
    

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of:
<TABLE>
                                                                   February 28,     December 31,
                                                                      1998             1997
                                                                   (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>
Deferred tax assets
    Net operating loss carryforward (expiring in 2018) .........   $ 123,116        $  53,656
    Provision for loan losses ..................................      36,210            2,550

Deferred tax liabilities
    Net unrealized appreciation on securities available for sale                        (136)
                                                                   ---------        ---------

Net deferred tax asset .........................................     159,326           56,070
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets ....................    (159,326)         (56,070)
                                                                   ---------        ---------

    Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance ...........   $       0        $       0
                                                                   =========        =========
</TABLE>
   
As a result of the valuation  allowance,  the  Company's  effective tax rate was
reduced from the statutory rate of 34% to 0% for both periods.
    


NOTE 7 - RELATED PARTIES

   
In the ordinary course of business,  certain  officers,  directors and companies
with which  they are  affiliated  have loan and  deposit  transactions  with the
Company.  Related  party loans  totaled  approximately  $491,000 at February 28,
1998. There were no loans to these related parties at December 31, 1997. Related
party deposits totaled approximately  $307,000 at February 28, 1998 and $611,000
at year end 1997.
    
                                  (Continued)
                                                                            F-12
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997



NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

Some  financial  instruments  are used to meet customer  financing  needs and to
reduce exposure to interest rate changes.  These financial  instruments  include
commitments to extend credit and standby  letters of credit.  These involve,  to
varying degrees,  credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount reported
in the financial statements.

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there is no  violation  of any  condition  established  in the  commitment,  and
generally have fixed expiration dates. Standby letters of credit are conditional
commitments to guarantee a customer's  performance to a third party. Exposure to
credit  loss  if  the  other  party  does  not  perform  is  represented  by the
contractual  amount for  commitments  to extend  credit and  standby  letters of
credit.  Collateral  or other  security  is  normally  not  obtained  for  these
financial  instruments  prior to their  use,  and  many of the  commitments  are
expected to expire without being used.

A summary of the notional or contractual  amounts of financial  instruments with
off-balance-sheet risk is as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                                   February 28,       December 31,
                                                                                       1998               1997
                                                                                    (Unaudited)
     <S>                                                                          <C>                 <C>
     Commitments to make loans                                                    $    2,213,000      $   2,290,000
     Commercial unused lines of credit                                                 2,459,935              2,000
     Consumer unused lines of credit                                                     297,797            129,763
     Construction unused lines of credit                                                  66,068
</TABLE>
   
The Company has no commitments to make loans and unused lines of credit at fixed
rates. The commitments noted above are all at variable rates tied to prime.

The Company  conducts  substantially  all of its business  operations in western
Michigan.

The Company  leases  certain  office and branch  premises  and  equipment  under
operating  lease  agreements.  Total  rental  expense for all  operating  leases
aggregated  $15,000 through February 28, 1998 and $1,600 in 1997. Future minimum
rentals  under  noncancelable  operating  leases  as of  February  28,  1998 and
December 31, 1997 are as follows:
    
<TABLE>
                                                                                1998                1997
                                                                             (Unaudited)       
        <S>                                                                    <C>               <C>
        1998                                                                   $60,000            $72,000
        1999                                                                    60,100             60,100
        2000                                                                    30,800             30,800
                                                                              --------           --------
                                                                              $150,900           $162,900
                                                                              ========           ========
</TABLE>
                                   (Continued)
                                                                            F-13
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997



NOTE 9 - REGULATORY MATTERS

   
The  Company is subject  to  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by
federal banking  agencies.  Capital  adequacy  guidelines and prompt  corrective
action regulations involve  quantitative  measures of assets,  liabilities,  and
certain   off-balance-sheet   items  calculated   under  regulatory   accounting
practices.  Capital amounts and  classifications are also subject to qualitative
judgments by regulators about  components,  risk weightings,  and other factors,
and the regulators can lower  classifications in certain cases.  Failure to meet
various capital  requirements can initiate  regulatory  action that could have a
direct material effect on the financial statements.
    
The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including
well  capitalized,  adequately  capitalized,   undercapitalized,   significantly
undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized,  although these terms are not
used to  represent  overall  financial  condition.  If  adequately  capitalized,
regulatory   approval   is   required   to   accept   brokered   deposits.    If
undercapitalized,  capital  distributions  are  limited,  as is asset growth and
expansion,   and  plans  for  capital  restoration  are  required.  The  minimum
requirements are:
<TABLE>
                                                              Capital to Risk-
                                                               Weighted Assets             Tier 1 Capital
                                                           Total           Tier 1         to Average Assets
     <S>                                                   <C>              <C>                <C>
     Well capitalized                                       10%              6%                 5%
     Adequately capitalized                                  8               4                  4
     Undercapitalized                                        6               3                  3
</TABLE>
Actual capital levels (in thousands) and minimum required levels for the Company
and Bank were:
<TABLE>
                                                                                                Minimum Required
                                                                                                   To Be Well
                                                                      Minimum Required          Capitalized Under
                                                                         For Capital            Prompt Corrective
                                                    Actual            Adequacy Purposes        Action Regulations
                                              Amount       Ratio       Amount     Ratio        Amount     Ratio
<S>                                           <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>
February 28, 1998 (unaudited)
   Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
     Company                                $   7,775       87.1%      $  703      8.0%        $  880     10.0%
     Bank                                       7,775       87.1          703      8.0            880     10.0
   Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
     Company                                    7,661       88.4          352      4.0            528      6.0
     Bank                                       7,661       88.4          352      4.0            528      6.0
   Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
     Company                                    7,661       38.2          802      4.0          1,002      5.0
     Bank                                       7,661       38.2          802      4.0          1,002      5.0
</TABLE>

                                  (Continued)
                                                                            F-14
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997



NOTE 9 - REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)
<TABLE>
                                                                                                Minimum Required
                                                                                                   To Be Well
                                                                      Minimum Required          Capitalized Under
                                                                         For Capital            Prompt Corrective
                                                    Actual            Adequacy Purposes        Action Regulations
                                              Amount       Ratio       Amount     Ratio        Amount     Ratio
<S>                                            <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>
December 31, 1997
   Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
     Company                                $   7,980      133.8%      $  477      8.0%        $  596     10.0%
     Bank                                       7,980      133.8          477      8.0            596     10.0
   Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
     Company                                    7,972      133.7          239      4.0            358      6.0
     Bank                                       7,972      133.7          239      4.0            358      6.0
   Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
     Company                                    7,972       83.3          383      4.0            478      5.0
     Bank                                       7,972       83.3          383      4.0            478      5.0
</TABLE>
The Company and Bank were  categorized as well  capitalized at February 28, 1998
(unaudited) and December 31, 1997.


NOTE 10 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company  opened for  operations  on November 25, 1997. As there have been no
significant  changes in interest  rates from  November  25, 1997 to December 31,
1997, and from January 1, 1998 through February 28, 1998 (unaudited), the values
shown on the balance  sheet  approximate  market  value at December 31, 1997 and
February 28, 1998 (unaudited). The interest rates offered by the Company for its
loan  products  increased  .10% during the period while deposit rates stayed the
same through  December 31, 1997 and  decreased  .15% through  February 28, 1998.
Investment securities are disclosed at fair value in Note 2.

While the estimates of fair value are based on management's judgment of the most
appropriate  factors,  there  is no  assurance  that  were the  Company  to have
disposed of such items,  the estimated fair values would  necessarily  have been
achieved at those  dates,  since market  values may differ  depending on various
circumstances. The estimated fair values should not necessarily be considered to
apply to subsequent dates.

In addition, other assets and liabilities of the Company that are not defined as
financial  instruments  are  not  included  in the  above  disclosures,  such as
property and equipment. Also, non-financial instruments typically not recognized
in the financial statements  nevertheless may have value but are not included in
the above disclosures.  These include, among other items, the estimated earnings
power of core deposit  accounts,  the trained work force,  customer goodwill and
similar items.

                                  (Continued)
                                                                            F-15
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997



NOTE 11 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Branch Expansion

The Bank has  opened a full  service  branch  office in  Holland,  Michigan.  In
addition,  the Bank has signed a lease on January 1, 1998 for a second branch to
be located  on the south  side of  Holland,  Michigan  and is in the  process of
acquiring a building in Jenison,  Michigan to open a third  branch.  Appropriate
regulatory approvals are required for these branch locations.

Employee Stock Compensation Plan

In 1998, the Company has adopted and its shareholders have approved the Macatawa
Bank Corporation Stock  Compensation Plan (the "Plan").  The purpose of the Plan
is to promote  the  long-term  success  of the  Company  for the  benefit of its
shareholders  through  stock-based   compensation,   by  aligning  the  personal
interests of the  Company's key employees  with those of its  shareholders.  The
Plan is  designed  to allow key  employees  of the  Company  and  certain of its
subsidiaries  to participate in the Company's  future,  as well as to enable the
Company to attract, retain and reward such employees.

The Plan provides for the granting of a variety of stock-based  awards,  such as
stock options,  including  incentive stock options, as defined in Section 422 of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  restricted  stock,
performance  shares,  and other stock-based  awards.  The term of the Plan is 10
years; no Awards may be granted under the Plan after January 25, 2008.

One hundred  thousand  (100,000)  shares of the  Company's  common stock are set
aside for use under the  Plan.  The  shares to be issued  under the Plan will be
authorized and unissued shares, including shares reacquired by the Company which
have that status. The number of shares that may be issued under the Plan and the
number of shares subject to options are subject to adjustments in the event of a
merger, reorganization, consolidation,  recapitalization, stock dividends, stock
splits,  or other  change in corporate  structure  affecting  the common  stock.
Subject  to  certain  restrictions,   unexercised  options,   lapsed  shares  of
restricted stock, and shares  surrendered in payment for exercising  options may
be reissued under the Plan.

                                  (Continued)
                                                                            F-16
<PAGE>
   
                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
               February 28, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997



NOTE 11 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

1998 Directors' Stock Option Plan

In 1998,  the  Company  also  adopted and its  shareholders  have  approved  the
Macatawa Bank  Corporation  1998  Directors'  Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors
Plan").  Options  have been  granted  under the  Directors'  Plan to each of the
Bank's original  directors to purchase a total of 20,000 shares of the Company's
common stock at a price of $10 per share  ("Organizer  Options").  In the future
options  under the Plan may only be granted to directors who are not employed by
the Company or any  subsidiary.  The  Directors'  Plan  authorizes  the Board of
Directors to develop a formula for future option grants but that formula has not
yet been developed.

The term of each option granted under the  Directors'  Plan is 10 years from the
date of grant subject to earlier termination at the end of three years following
the  director's  termination  of services as a  director,  except for  organizer
options  which  continue for a full 10 years from the date  granted.  The option
price for each option must equal 100% of the fair market value of the  Company's
common  stock on the date the option is granted.  In  general,  no option may be
exercisable  in whole or in part prior to the first  anniversary  of the date of
grant of the option.

A total of 40,000 shares of the Company's common stock are reserved for issuance
under the  Directors'  Plan.  The shares of common  stock that may be  delivered
under the  Directors'  Plan  pursuant to the exercise of options will consist of
authorized  and unissued  shares,  which may include  shares  reacquired  by the
Company. The Directors' Plan provides for an equitable adjustment in the number,
kind or price of shares of common  stock  covered  by  options  in the event the
outstanding  shares of common stock are increased,  decreased or changed into or
exchanged for a different  number or kind of shares of the Company through stock
dividends or similar changes.

                                                                            F-17
<PAGE>
   No  dealer,  salesperson  or any other  person  has been  authorized  to give
information  or make any  representation  not  contained in this  Prospectus  in
connection  with the offer made in this  Prospectus,  and if given or made, such
information or representation  must not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the Company or the Underwriter.  This Prospectus does not constitute an offer
to sell or a solicitation  by anyone in any  jurisdiction in which such offer or
solicitation  is not  authorized  or in which the  person  making  such offer or
solicitation  is not  qualified  to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to
make such offer or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any
sale made hereunder shall under any  circumstances  create any implication  that
the affairs of the Company  since the date hereof or the  information  herein is
correct as of any time subsequent to the date of this Prospectus.

                                ----------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
Prospectus Summary............................................................3
Risk Factors..................................................................6
Use of Proceeds..............................................................11
Dividend Policy..............................................................11
Recent Developments..........................................................12
Capitalization...............................................................13
Dilution.....................................................................13
Business.....................................................................14
Plan of Operation............................................................18
Management...................................................................19
Certain Transactions.........................................................27
Principal Shareholders.......................................................28
Supervision and Regulation...................................................30
Description of Capital Stock.................................................36
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..............................................41
Underwriting.................................................................42
Legal Proceedings............................................................43
Legal Matters................................................................43
Experts......................................................................43
Forward-Looking Statements...................................................43
Additional Information.......................................................43
Index to Financial Statements...............................................F-1
                              --------------------

   Until _______________, 1998, all dealers effecting transactions in the Common
Stock,  whether or not  participating in this  distribution,  may be required to
deliver a Prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation
of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters  and with respect
to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                1,300,000 Shares


                                  MACATAWA BANK
                                   CORPORATION

                                  Common Stock


                                   PROSPECTUS


                              Robert W. Baird & Co.
                                  Incorporated


                               ____________, 1998


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     Information Not Required in Prospectus


Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Sections 561-571 of the Michigan Business  Corporation Act, as amended (the
"MBCA"), grant the Registrant broad powers to indemnify any person in connection
with legal  proceedings  brought  against  him by reason of his  present or past
status as an officer or director  of the  Registrant,  provided  that the person
acted in good  faith  and in a manner  he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not
opposed  to the  best  interests  of the  Registrant,  and with  respect  to any
criminal  action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful.  The MBCA also gives the Registrant  broad powers to indemnify any
such person against  expenses and reasonable  settlement  payments in connection
with any action by or in the right of the Registrant,  provided the person acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Registrant, except that no indemnification may be made
if such person is adjudged to be liable to the Registrant unless and only to the
extent the court in which such action was brought  determines  upon  application
that,  despite such  adjudication,  but in view of all the  circumstances of the
case, the person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to indemnity for reasonable
expenses as the court deems  proper.  In  addition,  to the extent that any such
person is successful in the defense of any such legal proceeding, the Registrant
is required by the MBCA to indemnify him against expenses,  including attorneys'
fees, that are actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

     The Registrant's  Articles of Incorporation  contain  provisions  entitling
directors and executive  officers of the Registrant to  indemnification  against
certain liabilities and expenses to the full extent permitted by Michigan law.

     Under an insurance policy  maintained by the Registrant,  the directors and
officers  of the  Registrant  are  insured  within the limits and subject to the
limitations  of the policy,  against  certain  expenses in  connection  with the
defense  of  certain  claims,   actions,  suits  or  proceedings,   and  certain
liabilities which might be imposed as a result of such claims, actions, suits or
proceedings, which may be brought against them by reason of being or having been
such directors and officers.

     The Registrant has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter, and the Underwriter
has agreed to indemnify  the  Registrant,  against  certain  civil  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, as amended. Reference is made to
the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 herewith.

Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     Expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities
being  registered  are estimated as follows,  all of which are to be paid by the
Company:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
SEC Registration Fee.......................................   $    4,411
NASD Filing Fee............................................        1,995
Printing and Mailing Expenses..............................       20,000
Accounting Fees............................................       15,000
Transfer and Registrar's Fees..............................        4,000
Legal Fees and Expenses....................................      100,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses.................................       20,000
Miscellaneous..............................................        5,000
                                                              ----------
                                                                $170,406
</TABLE>

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     The Company has 940,125 shares of its Common Stock issued and  outstanding.
These  shares were  issued on February  23,  1998,  in exchange  for the 817,500
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Bank,  pursuant to a reorganization in
which the Bank became a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company.  The shares of
Common Stock were not  registered  pursuant to the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended  (the "1933  Act"),  pursuant  to an  exemption  claimed  under  Section
3(a)(10) of the 1933 Act. No underwriter was involved in the  reorganization and
formation of the holding company.

     The shares of stock of the Bank were sold in 1997 and were not  required to
be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to an exemption  claimed under Section
3(a)(5) of the 1933 Act. No underwriter was involved in the sale.

Item 27.  Exhibits.

     Reference  is made to the Exhibit  Index which  appears at page II-4 of the
Registration Statement.

Item 28.  Undertakings.

     Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  under the  Securities Act of
1933,  as amended (the "1933 Act") may be permitted to  directors,  officers and
controlling  persons of the Company  pursuant of the  foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise,  the Company has been advised that, in the opinion of the  Securities
and Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is against the public policy as
expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the  Registrant  of  expenses  incurred  or  paid  by  a  director,  officer  or
controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any action,  suit
or proceeding) is asserted by such  director,  officer or controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel  the matter has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

   
     The  undersigned  Company  hereby  undertakes  that:  (1) For  purposes  of
determining  any liability  under the Securities  Act of 1933,  the  information
omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement
in reliance upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of  prospectus  filed by the
Company  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1) or (4) or Rule 497(h) under the  Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration  Statement as of the time it
was declared  effective;  and (2) For the purpose of  determining  any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective  amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating
to the securities  offered therein,  and the offering of such securities at that
time  shall  be  deemed  to be the  initial  bona  fide  offering  thereof.  The
undersigned  Company hereby  undertakes that it will provide to the underwriter,
Robert  W.  Baird  &  Co.,  Incorporated,   at  the  closing  specified  in  the
Underwriting  Agreement,  certificates in such  denominations  and registered in
such names as  required by the  underwriter  to permit  prompt  delivery to such
purchaser.
    

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to
the  registration  statement  to be  signed on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized,  in the city of Holland,  State of Michigan, on March
13, 1998.

                                             MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION


                                             By:/s/ Benj. A. Smith, III
                                                    Benj. A. Smith, III
                                                    Chairman of the Board
    

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below  constitutes  and appoints Benj. A. Smith,  III and Philip J. Koning,  and
each of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any
and all  capacities,  to sign any and all amendments  (including  post-effective
amendments)  to this  Registration  Statement,  and to file the  same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as  fully  to all  intents  and  purposes  as he might or could do in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or his substitute may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 2 to the Registration  Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                           Signature                                 Date


   
/s/ Benj. A. Smith, III                                           March 13, 1998
Benj. A. Smith, III, Principal Executive Officer and a Director


/s/ Philip J. Koning                                              March 13, 1998
Philip J. Koning, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
   and a Director


/s/ G. Thomas Boylan*                                             March 13, 1998
G. Thomas Boylan, Director


/s/ Robert E. DenHerder*                                          March 13, 1998
Robert E. DenHerder, Director


/s/ Brian J. Hansen*                                              March 13, 1998
Brian J. Hansen, Director


/s/ James L. Batts                                                March 13, 1998
James L. Batts, Director


/s/ Jessie F. Dalman                                              March 13, 1998
Jessie F. Dalman, Director


/s/ Wayne J. Elhart                                               March 13, 1998
Wayne J. Elhart, Director

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
/s/ James L. Jurries                                              March 13, 1998
James L. Jurries, Director



/s/ John F. Koetje                                                March 13, 1998
John F. Koetje, Director



*By: /s/ Benj. A. Smith, III                                      March 13, 1998
Benj. A. Smith, III
Attorney-in-Fact
    


                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                    Sequentially
                                                                        Numbered
                Exhibit Number and Description                              Page

1         Form of Underwriting Agreement

2*        Consolidation Agreement dated December 10, 1997

3.1*      Articles of Incorporation of Macatawa Bank Corporation

3.2*      Bylaws of Macatawa Bank Corporation

4         Specimen stock certificate of Macatawa Bank Corporation

5*        Opinion of Varnum, Riddering, Schmidt & Howlett LLP

10.1*     Macatawa Bank Corporation Stock Compensation Plan

10.2*     Macatawa Bank Corporation 1998 Directors' Stock Option Plan

10.3*     Lease Agreement dated July 8, 1997, for the facility located at 51 E.
          Main Street, Zeeland, Michigan 49464

10.4*     Lease Agreement dated January 1, 1998, for the facility located at 139
          East 8th Street, Holland, Michigan 49423

10.5*     Lease Agreement dated December 22, 1997, for the facility located at
          106 E. 8th Street, Holland, Michigan 49423

10.6*     Lease Agreement dated January 1, 1998, for the facility located at 701
          Maple Street, Holland, Michigan 49424

10.7*     Real Estate Purchase/Sale Agreement dated January 23, 1998, for the
          facility located at 2020 Baldwin Street, Jenison, Michigan

   
10.8*     Data Processing Agreement between Rurbanc Data Services, Inc. and
          Macatawa Bank dated October 1, 1997.

10.9      Magic Line Product Services Agreement between Magic Line, Inc. and
          Macatawa Bank dated October 1, 1997.

10.10     FTB Participating Bank Agreement between First Tennessee Bank
          National Association and Macatawa Bank dated October 24, 1997.
    

21*       Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1      Consent of Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP, independent public
          accountants

23.2*     Consent of Varnum, Riddering, Schmidt & Howlett LLP (included in
          opinion filed as Exhibit 5)

24*       Power of Attorney (included on the signature page on page II-3 of the
          Registration Statement)

27        Financial Data Schedule


*    Previously filed

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 1


                           MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION

                                1,300,000 Shares

                                  Common Stock

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                 March __, 1998

ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. INCORPORATED
777 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

                  Re:      Macatawa Bank Corporation

Dear Ladies and Gentleman:

     Macatawa Bank  Corporation,  a Michigan  corporation (the  "Company"),  has
authorized  capital stock consisting of 9,500,000 shares of common stock, no par
value per share ("Common Stock"),  and 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, no par
value per share ("Preferred Stock"), of which 940,125 shares of Common Stock and
no shares of Preferred Stock, are currently issued and outstanding.  Pursuant to
this Underwriting  Agreement (this  "Agreement"),  the Company proposes to issue
and sell  1,300,000  shares of authorized  but unissued  Common Stock (the "Firm
Common Shares") to Robert W. Baird & Co.  Incorporated (the  "Underwriter").  In
addition,  the  Company  has  agreed  to grant to the  Underwriter  an option to
purchase up to 195,000  additional  shares of Common Stock (the "Optional Common
Shares"),  as provided in Section 3 hereof.  The Firm Common  Shares and, to the
extent such option is exercised,  the Optional  Common Shares,  are  hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Common Shares."

     You, the  Underwriter,  have advised the Company that you propose to make a
public  offering of the Common Shares as soon  thereafter as in your judgment is
advisable and that the initial  public  offering price of the Common Shares will
be $10.00 per share.

     The Company hereby confirms its agreements with the Underwriter as follows:

     SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

     The Company  represents and warrants to, and agrees with,  the  Underwriter
that, as of the date hereof, unless otherwise noted:

          (a)  The  Company  is  duly  organized  and  validly   existing  as  a
     corporation in good standing  under the laws of the State of Michigan,  and
     is duly registered under Section 3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of
     1956,  as amended (the "Bank  Holding  Company  Act"),  and any  applicable
     similar state bank holding company  statute,  with full power and authority
     to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct  business as described
     in the Prospectus (as defined in Section 1(q) hereof).
_______________________
Plus an over-allotment option to purchase up to 195,000 additional shares.
<PAGE>
          (b)  The  Company  is  duly  qualified  to do  business  as a  foreign
     corporation  under the  corporation law of, and is in good standing as such
     in,  each  jurisdiction  other  than  Michigan  in which it owns or  leases
     properties,  has an office,  or in which its business is conducted and such
     qualification is required, except where the failure to so qualify would not
     have a  material  adverse  effect on the  condition  (financial  or other),
     business,  properties,  results of operations or, to the extent the Company
     can  reasonably  foresee,  prospects  (collectively,  a  "Material  Adverse
     Effect")  of the  Company  or  Macatawa  Bank,  a  Michigan  state  banking
     corporation  (the  "Bank"),  taken  separately;  and  the  Company  has  no
     knowledge that any proceeding has been instituted in any such  jurisdiction
     revoking,  limiting or curtailing,  or seeking to revoke,  limit or curtail
     such power and authority or qualification.

          (c) The Common Shares  (including any Optional Common Shares which may
     be sold by the Company  upon  exercise  of the option  granted in Section 3
     hereof) have been duly authorized and, when issued,  delivered and paid for
     pursuant  to this  Agreement,  will  be  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
     nonassessable, and will conform to the description thereof contained in the
     Prospectus  and the  Registration  Statement  (as  defined in Section  1(q)
     hereof).  Upon consummation of the purchase of the Common Shares under this
     Agreement,  the Underwriter will acquire good and marketable title thereto,
     free and  clear of any  lien,  claim,  encumbrance,  security  interest  or
     restriction  on transfer  (except for any  restrictions  under  federal and
     applicable  state   securities  laws  and  banking  laws).   There  are  no
     outstanding   options,   warrants  or  other  rights  of  any  description,
     contractual  or  otherwise,  entitling any person to be issued any class of
     security by the Company,  except as described in the Prospectus,  and there
     are no holders of Company securities having rights to registration  thereof
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") or otherwise.

          (d) The  execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Company of this
     Agreement have been duly  authorized by all necessary  corporate  action on
     the part of the Company,  do not and will not violate any  provision of the
     Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws,  will not result in the
     breach,  or be in  contravention  of or  constitute  a default  under,  any
     provision of any agreement,  lease,  franchise,  license,  loan  agreement,
     indenture,  permit, mortgage,  evidence of indebtedness or other instrument
     to which  the  Company  is a party or by which  the  Company  or any of its
     properties  may be bound or affected,  which  violation,  breach or default
     could have a material  adverse effect  ("Material  Adverse  Effect") on the
     Company, will not violate any statute, ordinance, order, rule or regulation
     applicable  to the Company,  and will not violate any of the  Approvals (as
     defined  below)  or any  order or decree  of any  court,  regulatory  body,
     administrative  agency or other governmental body having  jurisdiction over
     the Company or any of its properties. No consent,  approval,  authorization
     or other  order of any court,  regulatory  body,  administrative  agency or
     other  governmental body is required for the execution and delivery of this
     Agreement  by  the  Company  or the  consummation  by  the  Company  of the
     transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  except  for  such as have
     already  been  obtained  and  except  for  compliance  with  the  Act,  the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), the state
     securities  laws  applicable to the public offering of the Common Shares by
     the Underwriter  ("Blue Sky Laws"), and clearance of such offering and this
     Agreement  with  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
     ("NASD").  This  Agreement  has been duly  executed  and  delivered  by the
     Company and is a valid and binding  obligation  of the Company  enforceable
     against the  Company in  accordance  with its terms,  except that rights to
     indemnity or  contribution  may be limited by applicable  law and except as
     enforceability  may be limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
     moratorium or similar laws generally  affecting the rights of creditors and
     by equitable principles limiting the right to specific performance or other
     equitable relief.

                                       2
<PAGE>
          (e) The Company does not own or control,  directly or indirectly,  any
     corporation,  association,  partnership,  trust or other  business  entity,
     except that as of the First  Closing  Date and the Second  Closing Date (as
     each such term is defined in Section 3 hereof), the Company will own all of
     the  outstanding  securities  of the Bank. As of the First Closing Date and
     the Second Closing Date, as the case may be, all of the outstanding  shares
     of capital  stock of the Bank will have been duly  authorized  and  validly
     issued,  will be fully  paid and  non-assessable,  and will be owned by the
     Company free and clear of any lien, encumbrance,  equity, security interest
     or claim; and no options, warrants or other rights to purchase,  agreements
     or other  obligations  to issue or rights to convert any  obligations  into
     shares of capital  stock or ownership  interest in the Bank are, or will as
     of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date be, outstanding.  The
     term "subsidiary," as used in this Agreement, shall mean any corporation of
     which the Company, directly or indirectly,  owns in excess of fifty percent
     (50%) of the outstanding voting securities.

          (f) The Company has  prepared and filed with the Board of Governors of
     the  Federal   Reserve  System  (the  "FRB")  in  accordance  with  Section
     3(a)(5)(C)  of  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act,  and  Section  225.17  of
     Regulation  Y  promulgated  by the FRB,  an  application  to  become a bank
     holding company which,  together with all exhibits,  schedules,  amendments
     and supplements thereto, is hereinafter referred to as the "Holding Company
     Application."  Pursuant to Section 225.17 of Regulation Y and the Company's
     application  to become a bank holding  company  through the  acquisition of
     100% of the voting  stock of the Bank the Company has  received  permission
     (the  "Holding  Company  Approval"),  from the FRB to become a bank holding
     company.  The Holding Company Approval provides that the acquisition by the
     Company of the Bank must be made within a "window" commencing 30 days after
     December  25, 1997,  and ending  three  months after such date,  unless the
     period  is  extended  by the FRB.  The  Holding  Company  Approval  further
     requires  that  the  FRB be  provided,  within  30  days  of the  Company's
     acquisition of the Bank's voting stock, certain further information, as set
     forth  therein.  In the  event  that  the  Company  files  with  the FRB an
     amendment  or  supplement  to the  Holding  Company  Application,  the term
     "Holding Company  Application"  shall refer to such amended or supplemented
     Holding  Company  Application  from and after the time it is filed with the
     FRB.

          (g) The  incorporators  of the Bank have  prepared  and filed with the
     Commissioner (the  "Commissioner") of the Financial  Institutions Bureau of
     the State of Michigan (the "FIB"), in accordance with the Michigan Statutes
     (the "Michigan  Statutes") an Application to Organize a De Novo Bank which,
     together with all exhibits, schedules,  amendments and supplements thereto,
     is hereinafter referred to as the "Charter  Application." On July 15, 1997,
     the Commissioner approved the Charter Application for authority to organize
     the Bank (the "Charter  Approval"),  and the Bank  commenced  operations on
     [November 17, 1997].  The Charter Approval remains in full force and effect
     as of the date hereof. In the event that the Company or the Bank files with
     the Commissioner an amendment or supplement to the Charter Application, the
     term  "Charter  Application"  shall refer to such  amended or  supplemented
     Charter  Application  from  and  after  the  time  it  is  filed  with  the
     Commissioner.

          (h) The  incorporators  of the  Bank  have,  on  behalf  of the  Bank,
     prepared  and filed with the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the
     "FDIC") in accordance with Section 5(a)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance
     Act, as amended (the "Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act"), an Application for
     Federal Deposit  Insurance  which,  together with all exhibits,  schedules,
     amendments  and  supplements  thereto,  is  hereinafter  referred to as the
     "Deposit Insurance Application." On October 17, 1997, the FDIC approved the
     Deposit Insurance Application, subject to certain terms and conditions (the
     "Approval of Deposit Insurance"). In the event that the

                                       3
<PAGE>

     Bank  files  with  the  FDIC an  amendment  or  supplement  to the  Deposit
     Insurance Application, the term "Deposit Insurance Application" shall refer
     to such amended or  supplemented  Deposit  Insurance  Application  from and
     after the time it is filed with the FDIC.

          (i) The Company has prepared and filed with the FIB an Application for
     Approval  of the  Terms  and  Conditions  of the  Issuance,  Conversion  or
     Exchange of Securities of a New Holding  Company to issue 914,250 shares of
     its  Common  Stock,  pro rata,  to the  holders  of all of the  issued  and
     outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Bank  (the  "Conversion"),
     pursuant  to a Plan  of  Conversion  (the  "Plan  of  Conversion"),  which,
     together with all exhibits, schedules,  amendments and supplements thereto,
     is  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Company  Conversion  Application."
     Pursuant to the Company  Conversion  Application,  the Company has received
     permission  (the  "Company  Conversion  Approval"),  from  the FIB to issue
     914,250 shares of its Common Stock,  pro rata, to all of the holders of the
     issued and  outstanding  shares of the Bank.  In the event that the Company
     files with the FIB an amendment  or  supplement  to the Company  Conversion
     Application,  the term "Company Conversion Application" shall refer to such
     amended or supplemented  Company Conversion  Application from and after the
     time it is filed with the FIB.

          (j) The Bank has  prepared  and filed with the FIB an  Application  to
     Consolidate/Merge  or Purchase the  Assets/Branches  of a Bank to engage in
     the Conversion pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, which, together with all
     exhibits,  schedules,  amendments and supplements  thereto,  is hereinafter
     referred  to as the "Bank  Conversion  Application."  Pursuant  to the Bank
     Conversion  Application,  the  Bank  has  received  permission  (the  "Bank
     Conversion Approval"), from the FIB to engage in the Conversion pursuant to
     the Plan of  Conversion.  In the event  that the Bank files with the FIB an
     amendment or supplement to the Bank Conversion Application,  the term "Bank
     Conversion  Application"  shall refer to such amended or supplemented  Bank
     Conversion Application from and after the time it is filed with the FIB.

          (k) The Bank has prepared and filed with the FDIC an Application for a
     Merger or other  Transaction to enter into a phantom merger for the purpose
     of effectuating the Conversion  pursuant to the Plan of Conversion,  which,
     together with all exhibits, schedules,  amendments and supplements thereto,
     is hereinafter referred to as the "FDIC Conversion  Application."  Pursuant
     to the FDIC Conversion  Application,  the Bank has received permission (the
     "FDIC Conversion Approval"), from the FDIC to effectuate the Conversion. In
     the event that the Company  files with the FDIC an amendment or  supplement
     to the FDIC Conversion Application,  the term "FDIC Conversion Application"
     shall refer to such amended or  supplemented  FDIC  Conversion  Application
     from and after the time it is filed with the FDIC.

                                       4
<PAGE>
          (l) The Company has previously  provided the Underwriter with true and
     complete copies of the Holding Company  Application,  Charter  Application,
     the Deposit Insurance Application,  the Company Conversion Application, the
     Bank Conversion  Application and the FDIC Merger  Application,  as each has
     been amended or supplemented  from time to time (the  "Applications"),  and
     the  Holding  Company  Approval,  Charter  Approval,  Approval  of  Deposit
     Insurance,  the Company Conversion  Approval,  the Bank Conversion Approval
     and the FDIC Merger  Approval,  as each has been amended or supplemented in
     writing from time to time (the "Approvals"). As of the respective times the
     Applications were filed with the respective authorities, upon the filing or
     first delivery to the Underwriter of the Prospectus,  as of the date hereof
     and at the First Closing Date and the Second Closing date such Applications
     each conformed and will conform in all material  respects to the respective
     applicable  requirements of the Michigan Statutes, the Bank Holding Company
     Act,  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act and the rules  and  regulations
     promulgated by the respective authorities thereunder.

          (m) Upon  the  filing  or first  delivery  to the  Underwriter  of the
     Prospectus,  as of the date  hereof and at the First  Closing  Date and the
     Second  Closing  Date,  as the case may be, the  Company has  received  the
     Holding Company Approval and the Company Conversion  Approval (the "Company
     Approvals") from the FRB and, as of such respective  dates: (i) the Company
     Approvals  will be in full  force and  effect  and no action to  suspend or
     revoke  the  Holding  Company  Approval  will have been taken by the FRB or
     proceedings  therefor  initiated or threatened by the FRB; (ii) the Company
     will not be in  breach or  default  under any  condition  of or  commitment
     contained in the Company  Approvals which can be satisfied as of such date;
     and (iii) the Company will have satisfied all  conditions  precedent to the
     Company Approvals.
      
          (n) Upon  the  filing  or first  delivery  to the  Underwriter  of the
     Prospectus,  as of the date  hereof and at the First  Closing  Date and the
     Second  Closing Date,  as the case may be, the Bank will be duly  organized
     and validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of
     Michigan  as a  commercial  bank,  and will have full  power and  authority
     (corporate  and other) to own,  lease and  operate  its  properties  and to
     conduct its  business  as  described  in the  Registration  Statement,  the
     Prospectus,  the Applications and the Approvals,  and is not required to be
     qualified as a foreign  corporation in any  jurisdiction,  except where the
     failure so to qualify  would not have a material  adverse  effect  Material
     Adverse  Effect  on the  conditions  or  earnings  of the  Company  and its
     subsidiaries  (including  the Bank)  considered as one enterprise or of the
     Bank  considered  separately,  and no proceeding has been instituted in any
     such jurisdiction revoking,  limiting or curtailing,  or seeking to revoke,
     limit or curtail, such qualification.

          (o) Upon  the  filing  or first  delivery  to the  Underwriter  of the
     Prospectus,  as of the date  hereof and at the First  Closing  Date and the
     Second  Closing  Date,  as the case may be, the Bank will have received the
     Charter Approval,  the Approval of Deposit  Insurance,  the Bank Conversion
     Approval and the FDIC Merger Approval (collectively,  the "Bank Approvals")
     from,  respectively,  the  Commissioner  and  the  FDIC  and,  as  of  such
     respective  dates:  (i) the Bank Approvals will be in full force and effect
     and no action to suspend or revoke any of the Bank Approvals will have been
     taken, or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened, by the Commissioner
     or the  FDIC;  (ii) the Bank will not be in  breach  or  default  under any
     condition  precedent  of  or  commitment  contained  in  any  of  the  Bank
     Approvals;  and (iii) the Bank will have satisfied all conditions precedent
     to the Bank Approvals.
      
          (p) In  addition  to the  representations  regarding  federal  deposit
     insurance herein,  the Company and the Bank maintain all other insurance of
     the types and in the amounts generally

                                       5
<PAGE>
     deemed  adequate  in their  respective  businesses,  and as required by the
     rules and regulations of all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over
     the  Company  or the  Bank,  all of which  insurance  is in full  force and
     effect.

          (q) A registration  statement on Form SB-2 (File No.  333-45755)  with
     respect to the Common  Shares,  including a preliminary  form of prospectus
     ("Preliminary Prospectus"),  has been prepared by the Company in conformity
     with the  requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations (the "Rules
     and   Regulations")   of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  (the
     "Commission")  thereunder,  and has been  filed  with the  Commission.  The
     Company has prepared and filed such  amendments  thereto,  if any, and such
     amended  Preliminary  Prospectuses  as may have been  required  to the date
     hereof,  and will file such additional  amendments thereto and such amended
     Preliminary  Prospectuses  as may  hereafter be  required.  There have been
     delivered  to the  Underwriter  two  signed  copies  of  such  registration
     statement and each amendment  thereto,  if any, together with two copies of
     each exhibit filed therewith and two conformed copies of such  registration
     statement and each amendment thereto, if any (but without exhibits), and of
     each related  Preliminary  Prospectus  and  Prospectus.  Such  registration
     statement has been declared  effective by the Commission  under the Act and
     is not  proposed to be amended  or,  alternatively,  has not been  declared
     effective  by the  Commission  under the Act and is proposed to be amended.
     Such registration statement as finally amended and revised at the time such
     registration   statement  becomes  effective   (including  the  information
     contained  in the  form of  final  prospectus  filed  with  the  Commission
     pursuant  to Rule  424(b) and Rule 430A under the Act and deemed to be part
     of the  registration  statement  if the  registration  statement  has  been
     declared effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) and all documents  incorporated
     by  reference  therein) is  hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Registration
     Statement,"  and the  related  prospectus  in the form first filed with the
     Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) or, if no such filing is  required,  as
     included in the Registration  Statement,  is hereinafter referred to as the
     "Prospectus."  The  Company  is a "small  business  issuer" as such term is
     defined in Rule 405 and Regulation S-B under the Act.

          (r)  Neither  the  Commission  nor any Blue  Sky or  state  securities
     commissioner  has issued any order  preventing or suspending the use of any
     Preliminary  Prospectus,  and each Preliminary Prospectus complied with the
     requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations  and, as of its date,
     did not include any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact  necessary to make the  statements  therein not misleading in
     light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made;  and when the
     Registration  Statement  becomes  effective,  and at all  times  subsequent
     thereto up to each  Closing  Date (as  defined  in  Section 3 hereof),  the
     Registration   Statement   and  the   Prospectus,   (excluding   from  this
     representation the information referred to in Section 2) and any amendments
     or supplements  thereto,  will comply with the  requirements of the Act and
     the Rules and Regulations,  and neither the Registration  Statement nor the
     Prospectus, (excluding from this representation the information referred to
     in Section 2) nor any  amendment or  supplement  thereto,  will include any
     untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to  state a  material  fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein
     not  misleading in light of the  circumstances  under which they were made;
     provided,  however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty as
     to information contained in or omitted from any Preliminary Prospectus, the
     Registration Statement,  the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement
     in reliance upon and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to
     the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter  specifically  for inclusion
     in the Prospectus as provided in Section 2 hereof.

          (s) Crowe,  Chizek & Company LLP, which have  expressed  their opinion
     with  respect to the  financial  statements  and  schedules  filed with the
     Commission as a part of the

                                       6
<PAGE>
     Registration Statement and included or to be included in the Prospectus and
     in the  Registration  Statement,  are to the best  knowledge of the Company
     independent   accountants  as  required  by  the  Act  and  the  Rules  and
     Regulations.

          (t)  The  financial  statements  and the  related  notes  thereto  and
     schedules,  if  any,  of the  Company  included  or to be  included  in the
     Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  present  fairly  in all  material
     respects  the  financial  position of the  Company and the Bank,  as of the
     dates of such financial statements, and the results of operations,  changes
     in  shareholders'  equity and  changes in cash flows of the Company and the
     Bank for the periods  covered  thereby,  all in conformity  with  generally
     accepted accounting principles  consistently applied throughout the periods
     involved. The Company had an outstanding capitalization as set forth in the
     Registration  Statement  and  under  the  caption  "Capitalization"  in the
     Prospectus as of the dates  indicated  therein and there has been no change
     therein  since  such  dates  except as  disclosed  in the  Prospectus.  The
     financial and numerical  information and data included in the  Registration
     Statement and Prospectus under the captions  "Prospectus  Summary," "Use of
     Proceeds," "Dividend Policy,"  "Capitalization,"  "Business," "Management,"
     "Certain Transactions," "Principal  Shareholders,"  "Description of Capital
     Stock,"  "Shares  Eligible  for Future Sale" and the  financial  statements
     attached  thereto are fairly  presented and prepared on a basis  consistent
     with the  audited  financial  statements  and the books and  records of the
     Company and the Bank.

          (u) Neither the Company nor the Bank is in  violation or breach of, or
     in default under its respective charter or bylaws, or is in violation of or
     default under: (i) any of the Approvals or any applicable  statute,  order,
     judgment,   writ,   injunction,    decree,   license,   permit,   approval,
     authorization,  rule  or  regulation  of any  court  or  any  governmental,
     administrative or regulatory body, agency or authority;  (ii) any condition
     of or  commitment  contained  in any  of the  Applications,  or  (iii)  any
     agreement,  lease, franchise,  license, loan agreement,  permit,  mortgage,
     evidence of  indebtedness  or other  instrument to which the Company or the
     Bank is a party or by which any of either of its respective  properties are
     bound,  and there does not exist any state of facts  which  constitutes  an
     event of  default as defined in such  documents  or which,  with  notice or
     lapse of time or both,  would  constitute  such an event of default,  where
     such default or event of default  individually  or in the  aggregate has or
     would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or the Bank.

          (v) There are no legal or governmental  proceedings pending, or to the
     Company's knowledge, threatened, to which the Company or the Bank is or may
     be a party or of which  property owned or leased by the Company or the Bank
     is or may be the  subject,  or related to product  warranty  or  liability,
     environmental or employment discrimination matters,  including any of which
     are  required  to be  disclosed  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus  and are not  disclosed,  or which question the validity of this
     Agreement or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto.

          (w) The Company and the Bank have good and marketable title to all the
     properties  and  assets  reflected  as owned by the  Company  or the  Bank,
     respectively,   in  the  financial  statements  hereinabove  described  (or
     elsewhere in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement),  free and clear
     of all liens,  mortgages,  pledges,  charges,  security  interests or other
     encumbrances  of any  kind  or  nature  whatsoever  except  those,  if any,
     reflected in such  financial  statements (or elsewhere in the Prospectus or
     the Registration Statement) or which are not material to the Company or the
     Bank and do not materially and adversely  affect the value of such property
     or materially and adversely  interfere with the use or proposed use of such
     property.  All properties

                                       7
<PAGE>
     held or used by the Company or the Bank under leases, licenses,  franchises
     or other agreements are held by them under valid,  subsisting,  binding and
     enforceable leases,  licenses,  franchises or other agreements with respect
     to which they are not in default.

          (x) The  Company  has  not  taken  and  will  not  take,  directly  or
     indirectly,  any action designed to or which has constituted or which might
     reasonably  be  expected  to cause or  result,  under the  Exchange  Act or
     otherwise,  in  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the price of the Common
     Stock to facilitate the sale or resale thereof.

          (y)  Except  as  reflected  in or  contemplated  by  the  Registration
     Statement  or the  Prospectus,  since  the  respective  dates  as of  which
     information  is given in the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus and
     prior to the First Closing Date and the Second  Closing Date (as such terms
     are defined in Section 3 hereof):

               (i) the Company and the Bank have not  incurred and will not have
          incurred  any  material   liabilities   or   obligations,   direct  or
          contingent,  or entered  into any  transactions,  not in the  ordinary
          course of business of the Company or the Bank;

               (ii) Except as discussed in the  Prospectus,  the Company has not
          and will not have issued any shares of its Common  Stock or  committed
          to pay,  make or declare any  dividends  or other  distributions  with
          respect to its capital stock,  and neither the Company nor the Bank is
          and will not be  delinquent in the payment of principal or interest on
          any outstanding debt obligations; and

               (iii) there has not been and will not have been any change in the
          capital  stock  or any  material  change  in the  indebtedness  of the
          Company  or  the  Bank,  or  any  material  adverse  change,   or  any
          development  involving a prospective  material adverse change,  in the
          condition  (financial  or  other),  business,  properties,  results of
          operations or prospects of the Company or the Bank.

          (z)  There  are no  contracts  or  other  documents,  transactions  or
     relationships  of the Company or the Bank  required to be  described in the
     Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  or to be filed as an exhibit to the
     Registration Statement,  which have not been described in the Prospectus or
     the  Registration  Statement  or  filed  as  exhibits  to the  Registration
     Statement.

          (aa) All documents  delivered or to be delivered by the Company or any
     of its  representatives  in  connection  with the  issuance and sale of the
     Common Shares were, on the dates on which they were  delivered,  or will be
     on the dates on which they are to be delivered,  true, complete and correct
     in all material respects.

          (bb) The Company and the Bank have filed all necessary federal, state,
     local and foreign income, sales, use and franchise tax returns and paid all
     taxes  shown  as due  thereon;  no tax  deficiency  has  been  asserted  or
     threatened  against  the  Company or the Bank  which  would have a Material
     Adverse  Effect.  No state of  facts  exists  or has  existed  which  would
     constitute  grounds for the  assessment of any material tax liability  with
     respect to the periods which have not been audited by appropriate  federal,
     state, local or foreign authorities.  The Company has not made a Subchapter
     S  election  and  has  not at any  time  been  and  is not  qualified  as a
     Subchapter S corporation.  The Company and the Bank have  maintained  their
     books  and  records  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
     principles consistently applied, and such books and records are correct and
     complete,  fairly and accurately reflect the income,  expenses,  assets and
     liabilities of the Company

                                       8
<PAGE>
     and provide a fair and materially accurate basis for the preparation of the
     financial statements and financial data contained in the Prospectus.

          (cc) Neither the Company nor the Bank has directly or indirectly:

               (i) made any unlawful contribution to any candidate for political
          office,  or failed to disclose fully any  contribution in violation of
          law; or

               (ii)  made  any  payment  to any  federal  or  state  or  foreign
          governmental  officer or official or other person charged with similar
          public  or  quasipublic  duties,   other  than  payments  required  or
          permitted by the laws of the United States or the several states.

          (dd) The  Company and the Bank own or possess  adequate  rights to use
     all patents, patent applications,  trademarks,  service marks, trade names,
     trademark registrations,  service mark registrations,  copyrights, licenses
     and other proprietary  rights ("Trade Rights") necessary for the conduct of
     their businesses or ownership of their properties,  and neither the Company
     nor the Bank has received any notice of conflict  with the asserted  rights
     of others in respect thereof,  except as have been previously  disclosed in
     writing to the  Underwriter.  Except as have been  previously  disclosed in
     writing to the Underwriter, neither the Company nor the Bank has infringed,
     misappropriated or otherwise  conflicted with the Trade Rights of any third
     party,  which  would  reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material  Adverse
     Effect.

          (ee) No labor  dispute  with the  employees of the Company or the Bank
     exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent;  and
     the Company has no knowledge of any existing,  threatened or imminent labor
     dispute or disturbance by the employees of any of its principal  suppliers,
     manufacturers,  contractors or customers which might reasonably be expected
     individually or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (ff) The Company and the Bank have conducted and are conducting  their
     businesses  in  compliance  with all  applicable  local,  state and federal
     statutes,   laws,  rules,   regulations  or  ordinances   relating  to  the
     environment or the use, disposal or release of any Hazardous  Materials (as
     defined below)  (collectively,  the "Environmental  Laws"), and neither the
     Company nor the Bank has received  any notices of any alleged  violation of
     any  Environmental  Laws.  There has been no Release (as defined  below) of
     Hazardous  Materials  by the  Company  or  the  Bank,  or to the  Company's
     knowledge,  any other  person or  entity  on,  upon,  about,  in,  under or
     adjacent to the real properties  owned,  used or leased,  or expected to be
     owned,  used or  leased,  by the  Company  or the  Bank.  To the  Company's
     knowledge,  there are no  conditions  existing or that have  existed  which
     would  subject the Company or the Bank to  damages,  penalties,  injunctive
     relief or clean-up  costs under any  Environmental  Laws or pursuant to any
     third-party  claim or which  require or are  likely to  require  reporting,
     clean-up,   removal,   remedial  action  or  other  response   pursuant  to
     Environmental Laws. For purposes hereof,  "Hazardous  Materials" means: (i)
     any  petroleum  or  petroleum  products,   radioactive  materials,  friable
     asbestos,   urea  formaldehyde  foam  insulation,   transformers  or  other
     equipment that contain  dielectric  fluid containing  detectable  levels of
     polychlorinated   biphenyls  (PCBs)  or  radon  gas;  (ii)  any  chemicals,
     materials or substances which are now defined or included in the definition
     of  "hazardous  substances,"  "hazardous  wastes,"  "hazardous  materials,"
     "extremely  hazardous  wastes,"   "restricted   hazardous  wastes,"  "toxic
     substances,"  "toxic  pollutants,"  or words of similar  import,  under any
     Environmental  Law; and (iii) any other  chemical,  material,  substance or
     waste,  exposure to which is now  prohibited,  limited or  regulated by any
     governmental  authority;   and  "Release"  means  any  release,   spilling,
     emitting,  discharging,  emptying,  leaking, pumping,  pouring,  injecting,
     escaping, migrating, leaching,

                                       9
<PAGE>
     dumping  or  otherwise  disposing  into  the  environment   (including  the
     atmosphere, soil, surface water, groundwater or property).

          (gg) The  Company  and the Bank  hold and are in  compliance  with all
     material  permits,  certificates,  licenses,  approvals,  registrations and
     authorizations required under all laws, rules and regulations in connection
     with their  businesses,  and all of such permits,  certificates,  licenses,
     approvals,  registrations and  authorizations are in full force and effect;
     and neither the Company nor the Bank has received any notice of  threatened
     proceedings  relating to the revocation or modification of any such permit,
     certificate, license, approval, registration or authorization.  Neither the
     Company  nor the Bank is, and  neither  has been (by virtue of any  action,
     omission to act, contract to which it is a party or any occurrence or state
     of  facts  whatsoever)  in  violation  of any  applicable  federal,  state,
     municipal or local statutes,  laws, ordinances,  rules,  regulations and/or
     orders  issued  pursuant to foreign,  federal,  state,  municipal  or local
     statutes, laws, ordinances,  rules or regulations (including those relating
     to environmental protection,  occupational safety and health and employment
     practices)  heretofore or currently in effect,  except any such  violations
     which have been fully cured or  satisfied  without  recourse or which would
     not  individually  or in aggregate  have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the
     Company or the Bank.

          (hh) The  provisions of any employee  pension  benefit plan  ("Pension
     Plan")  as  defined  in  Section  3(2) of the  Employee  Retirement  Income
     Security  Act of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA"),  in which the Company or the
     Bank is a participating  employer are in compliance with ERISA, and neither
     the Bank nor the Company is in violation of ERISA. The Company or the Bank,
     as the case may be, has timely  filed the  reports  required to be filed by
     ERISA in connection  with the maintenance of any Pension Plans in which the
     Company or the Bank is a participating  employer, and no facts,  including,
     without  limitation,  any  "reportable  event" as  defined by ERISA and the
     regulations thereunder,  exist in connection with any Pension Plan in which
     the Company or the Bank is a participating  employer which might constitute
     grounds for the  termination of such plan by the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty
     Corporation  or for  the  appointment  by  the  appropriate  United  States
     District  Court of a trustee to administer any such plan. The provisions of
     any employee  benefit welfare plan, as defined in Section 3(l) of ERISA, in
     which the Company or the Bank is a participating employer are in compliance
     with ERISA and the Company or the Bank as the case may be, has timely filed
     the  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  ERISA  in  connection  with  the
     maintenance of any such plans.

          (ii)  Except  as  disclosed  in  writing  and not  objected  to by the
     Underwriter,  the Company has not distributed and will not distribute on or
     prior to either Closing Date any offering  material in connection  with the
     offering and sale of the Common Shares other than a Preliminary Prospectus,
     the Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or other materials permitted by
     the Act or the Rules and Regulations.

          (jj) The Company and the Bank maintain an accounting system sufficient
     to provide  reasonable  assurances  that: (i)  transactions are executed in
     accordance with management's general or specific  authorizations;  and (ii)
     transactions  are recorded as necessary to permit  preparation of financial
     statements in conformity  with GAAP and with the rules and  regulations  of
     the FRB and the Michigan Statutes.

          (kk)  Neither  the  Company  nor  any of its or the  Bank's  officers,
     directors  or  holders  of 5% or  more of the  Common  Stock  is "a  person
     associated  with a  member"  of the  NASD or is,  directly  or  indirectly,
     affiliated with a member of the NASD.

                                       10
<PAGE>
          (ll) The Company:  (i) is not an "investment  company," an "affiliated
     person" of, or "promoter" or "principal  underwriter"  for, an  "investment
     company," as such terms are defined in the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
     as  amended  (the  "Investment  Company  Act"),  (ii) will not  invest  the
     proceeds of the Common Shares pending their use in such a manner that, upon
     completion of such investment,  the Company will be an "investment company"
     and (iii) is not otherwise subject to the regulations under such act.

          (mm) The  Company  is in  compliance  with all  provisions  of Florida
     Statutes  Section 517.075 (Chapter  92-198,  Laws of Florida).  The Company
     does not do any business,  directly or  indirectly,  with the government of
     Cuba or with any person or entity located in Cuba.

          (nn)  Except  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  the  Company  knows of no
     outstanding  claims for finder's,  origination  or  underwriting  fees with
     respect to the sale of the Common Shares.

          (oo) The Company has delivered to the Underwriter a written  agreement
     from each  director  and  officer of the Company and the Bank to the effect
     that such officer or director  will not,  without the  Underwriter's  prior
     written consent, for a period of one year after the date of the Prospectus,
     sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose
     of, any shares of Common  Stock or any rights to purchase  shares of Common
     Stock.

          (pp) All  material  transactions  between the Company and the Bank and
     the officers,  directors and major  shareholders  (i.e., those shareholders
     who beneficially own or will own,  following the completion of the offering
     contemplated by this Agreement, more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock)
     have been  accurately  disclosed in the  Prospectus,  and the terms of each
     such  transaction  are fair to the  Company  and no less  favorable  to the
     Company  than the terms  that  could  have  been  obtained  from  unrelated
     parties.

     Any  certificate  signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the
Underwriter  or  to  the  counsel  for  the   Underwriter   shall  be  deemed  a
representation  and warranty of the Company to the Underwriter as to the matters
covered  thereby.  A  certificate  delivered  by the  Company to its counsel for
purposes of enabling  such counsel to render the opinion  referred to in Section
6(f)(i)  will also be  furnished  to the  Underwriter  and the  counsel  for the
Underwriter and shall be deemed to be additional  representations and warranties
to the Underwriter by the Company as to the matters covered thereby.

     SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties of the Underwriter.

     The Underwriter represents and warrants to the Company that the information
set forth in the last  paragraph of the cover page of the  Prospectus  and under
the caption  "Underwriting"  in the Prospectus,  was furnished to the Company by
and on behalf of the  Underwriter  for use in connection with the preparation of
the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus and as of its date was correct and
complete in all  material  respects.  The  Underwriter  further  represents  and
warrants that it has provided the Company with any necessary  subsequent changes
to such information.

                                       11
<PAGE>
     SECTION 3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Common Shares.

          (a) On the basis of the  representations,  warranties  and  agreements
     herein  contained,  the  Company  agrees  to sell to the  Underwriter  and,
     subject  to the  terms and  conditions  herein  set  forth,  and  except as
     provided in the following  paragraph,  the  Underwriter  agrees to purchase
     from the  Company  for  resale,  1,300,000  Common  Shares at not less than
     $9.30, of which 100,000 shares  (excluding  shares sold to Prior Investors,
     Affiliated Purchasers and Named Purchasers, as defined below, and excluding
     the  Optional  Common  Shares)  shall be reserved for sales to persons with
     established  accounts  at  the  Bank  as of  _______________,  1998  ("Bank
     Customers").

          (b) The purchase  price will be (i) $10.00 with respect to sales of an
     aggregate of not more than 400,000  Common  Shares sold to persons who were
     holders of capital stock of the Bank  immediately  prior to the  Conversion
     and who sign a one year lock-up  agreement  (such persons being referred to
     as "Prior Investors"); (ii) $9.70 with respect to sales of Common Shares to
     any person other than a Prior  Investor who is a director or officer of the
     Company  or the Bank and who signs a one year  lock-up  agreement,  and any
     person who is a family  member of an officer or  director of the Company or
     the Bank, whose name,  address and telephone number are on a list furnished
     to the  Underwriter  as of  ______________,  1998 (such officers and family
     members being  referred to as  "Affiliated  Purchasers");  and (iii) $9.475
     with respect to sales of Common  Shares to any person whose name appears on
     the list first referred to in this sentence, other than a Prior Investor or
     Affiliated   Purchaser   (such   persons   being   referred  to  as  "Named
     Purchasers");  provided,  however,  that (x) the aggregate number of Common
     Shares to be sold to Affiliated Purchasers and Named Purchasers pursuant to
     (i) and  (ii) of this  paragraph  (b)  shall  not  exceed  200,000  shares,
     excluding Common Shares sold to Affiliated  Purchasers and Named Purchasers
     pursuant to paragraph (c) of this  Section,  and (y) to the extent that the
     aggregate  number of Common Shares sold to Affiliated  Purchasers and Named
     Purchasers pursuant to this paragraph (b) is less than 200,000 shares, such
     excess  shares shall first be allocated to Bank  Customers and the purchase
     price for such excess shares (as well as the purchase price with respect to
     any shares reserved for sale to Prior Investors but not so sold),  shall be
     $9.30.

          (c) In addition,  on the basis of the representations,  warranties and
     agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein
     set  forth,  the  Company  hereby  grants an option to the  Underwriter  to
     purchase  up to an  aggregate  of  195,000  Optional  Common  Shares of the
     Company at the same purchase price per share to be paid for the Firm Common
     Shares pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section,  subject only to the last
     sentence  of  this   paragraph   (c),   for  use  solely  in  covering  any
     over-allotments made by the Underwriter in the sale and distribution of the
     Firm Common Shares.  The option  granted  hereunder may be exercised at any
     time (but not more than once)  within 30 days after the First  Closing Date
     (as defined below) upon notice by the  Underwriter  to the Company  setting
     forth  the  aggregate  number  of  Optional  Common  Shares as to which the
     Underwriter is exercising its option,  the names and denominations in which
     the  certificates  for such  shares are to be  registered  and the time and
     place at which such certificates  will be delivered.  Such time of delivery
     (which  may not be  earlier  than the First  Closing  Date),  being  herein
     referred  to as the  "Second  Closing  Date,"  shall be  determined  by the
     Underwriter,  but, if at any time other than the First Closing Date,  shall
     not be  earlier  than  three nor later  than ten full  business  days after
     delivery of such notice of exercise.  Certificates  for the Optional Common
     Shares will be made  available  for  checking  and  packaging at 9:00 a.m.,
     Milwaukee time, on the first full business day preceding the Second Closing
     Date at a  location  to be  designated  by the  Underwriter.  The manner of
     payment for and delivery of the Optional Common Shares shall be the

                                       12
<PAGE>
     same as for the Firm Common  Shares as specified  in the last  paragraph of
     this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the purchase
     price for the Optional Common Shares shall be $9.70 for any Optional Common
     Shares sold to Affiliated  Purchasers,  and $9.475 for any Optional  Common
     Shares sold to Named Purchasers; provided, however, that the portion of the
     Optional  Common Shares that shall be made available by the Underwriter for
     over-allotments  to Affiliated  Purchasers and to Named Purchasers shall be
     not greater than the percentage of the Firm Common Shares  actually sold to
     Affiliated  Purchasers  and Named  Purchasers,  respectively,  pursuant  to
     paragraph (b) of this Section.

          (d) At 9:00 a.m., Milwaukee time, on the third full business day after
     the initial public offering, or at such other time after the initial public
     offering as the  Underwriter  and the Company may agree,  the Company  will
     deliver to the  Underwriter  at its offices  located at 777 East  Wisconsin
     Avenue,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  53202,  certificates  representing the Firm
     Common Shares  against  payment of the purchase price therefor by certified
     or bank cashier's check, or by wire transfer,  in next day funds payable to
     the order of the  Company.  Such time of  delivery  and  payment  is herein
     referred  to as the "First  Closing  Date." The  certificates  for the Firm
     Common  Shares  so to  be  delivered  will  be in  such  denominations  and
     registered  in such  names as the  Underwriter  requests  by  notice to the
     Company prior to 9:00 a.m.,  Milwaukee time, on the third full business day
     preceding the First Closing Date,  and will be made  available for checking
     and packaging at 9:00 a.m.,  Milwaukee time, on the first full business day
     preceding  the First  Closing  Date at a location to be  designated  by the
     Underwriter.

     SECTION 4. Covenants of the Company.

     The Company covenants that:

          (a) If the effective time of the  Registration  Statement is not prior
     to the execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  the Company will use its
     best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective at the
     earliest  possible time and, upon notification from the Commission that the
     Registration Statement has become effective, will so advise the Underwriter
     and counsel for the  Underwriter  promptly.  If the  effective  time of the
     Registration  Statement  is prior to the  execution  and  delivery  of this
     Agreement and any information shall have been omitted therefrom in reliance
     upon Rule 430A, the Company,  at the earliest  possible time,  will furnish
     the  Underwriter  and  counsel  to the  Underwriter  with two copies of the
     Prospectus  to be filed by the Company with the  Commission  to comply with
     Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A under the Act, and, if the  Underwriter  does not
     object  to  the  contents  thereof,  will  comply  with  such  Rules.  Upon
     compliance  with such  Rules,  the Company  will so advise the  Underwriter
     promptly.  The  Company  will  advise the  Underwriter  and counsel for the
     Underwriter  immediately  upon  notification  to it of the  issuance by the
     Commission  of  any  stop  order   suspending  the   effectiveness  of  the
     Registration  Statement or of the  institution of any  proceedings for that
     purpose,  or of any  notification of the suspension of qualification of the
     Common Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening
     of any proceedings  for that purpose,  and will also advise the Underwriter
     and counsel for the  Underwriter  promptly of any request of the Commission
     for  amendment  or  supplement  of  the  Registration   Statement,  of  any
     Preliminary Prospectus or of the Prospectus, or for additional information,
     and will not file or make any amendment or  supplement to the  Registration
     Statement (either before or after it becomes effective), to any Preliminary
     Prospectus  or to the  Prospectus  of which the  Underwriter  have not been
     furnished  with a copy  prior to such  filing or to which  the  Underwriter
     objects.

                                       13
<PAGE>
          (b) If, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Common Shares is
     required to be  delivered  under the Act,  any event  occurs as a result of
     which the  Prospectus,  including  any  amendments  or  supplements,  would
     include  an  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact,  or omit to state any
     material  fact  required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
     made,  not  misleading,  or if it is  necessary  at any time to  amend  the
     Prospectus,  including any  amendments or  supplements,  to comply with the
     Act, the Company  promptly will advise the  Underwriter and counsel for the
     Underwriter  thereof and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission
     an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or
     an  amendment  which  will  effect  such  compliance;   and,  in  case  the
     Underwriter  is required to deliver a prospectus  nine months or more after
     the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company upon request,
     and at its expense,  will prepare  promptly such prospectus or prospectuses
     as may be necessary to permit  compliance with the  requirements of Section
     10(a)(3) of the Act.

          (c) The Company will not, prior to the later of 30 days after the date
     of this  Agreement  or 30 days after the  Second  Closing  Date,  incur any
     material liability or obligation,  direct or contingent,  or enter into any
     material transaction not in the ordinary course of the business of banking,
     or any  transaction  with a related party which is required to be disclosed
     in the  Prospectus  pursuant to Item 404 of  Regulation  S-B under the Act,
     except as described in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement.

          (d) The Company will not acquire any of its capital stock prior to one
     year after the Second Closing Date nor will the Company  declare or pay any
     dividend or make any other  distribution  upon its capital stock payable to
     shareholders  of  record on a date  prior to six  months  after the  Second
     Closing  Date,  except  as  disclosed  in the  Registration  Statement  and
     Prospectus.

          (e) The Company will make generally  available to its security holders
     and the  Underwriter an earnings  statement  (which need not be audited) as
     soon as practicable,  but in no event later than 15 months after the end of
     the  Company's  current  fiscal  quarter,  covering a period of at least 12
     consecutive  calendar  months  beginning  after the  effective  date of the
     Registration Statement, but beginning not later than four months after such
     effective date,  which will satisfy the provisions of the last paragraph of
     Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder.

          (f)  During  such  period as a  prospectus  is  required  by law to be
     delivered in connection with sales by an underwriter or dealer, the Company
     will furnish to the Underwriter at its expense,  copies of the Registration
     Statement,  the Prospectus,  any Preliminary  Prospectus and all amendments
     and supplements to any such documents in such quantities as the Underwriter
     may reasonably request, for the purposes contemplated by the Act.

          (g) The Company will  cooperate with the  Underwriter  and counsel for
     the   Underwriter   in  qualifying  or   registering,   or  exempting  from
     qualification or registration, the Common Shares for sale through nonissuer
     transactions  under  the  Blue  Sky  Laws  of  such  jurisdictions  as  the
     Underwriter   shall  designate  and  will  continue  such   qualifications,
     registrations  or exemptions  in effect so long as reasonably  required for
     the  distribution  of  the  Common  Shares,  provided,  however,  that  the
     Underwriter   has  first   consulted   with  the  Company   concerning  the
     advisability of such qualification, registration or exemption of the Common
     Shares. In each jurisdiction where any of the Common Shares shall have been
     qualified,  registered or exempted as provided above, the Company will make
     all  required  filings  and  otherwise  comply  in all  respects  with  the
     undertakings  given by the Company in connection with: (i) the Registration
     Statement

                                       14
<PAGE>
     filed with the Commission;  and (ii) the qualification or registration,  or
     exemption from qualification or registration for nonissuer transactions for
     a period  of at least  five  years  from  the date of this  Agreement  (and
     thereby permit  market-making  transactions and secondary trading in Common
     Stock in such jurisdictions).

          (h) During  the period of five years from the date of this  Agreement:
     (i) as soon as  practicable  after the end of each fiscal year, the Company
     will  furnish to the  Underwriter  two  copies of the annual  report of the
     Company containing the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such
     fiscal year and corresponding  statements of income,  shareholders'  equity
     and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, such financial statements to
     be under the  certificate  of opinion of the Company's  independent  public
     accountants;  and (ii) the Company  will file  promptly and will furnish to
     the Underwriter at or prior to the filing thereof copies of all reports and
     any definitive proxy or information  statements required to be filed by the
     Company  with the  Commission  pursuant  to  Sections  13,  14 or 15 of the
     Exchange Act.  During such five year period,  the Company will also furnish
     to the Underwriter two copies of the following:
     
               (i) as soon as practicable  after the filing thereof,  each other
          report,  statement  or other  document  filed by the Company  with the
          Commission;

               (ii)  as  soon as  practicable  after  the  filing  thereof,  all
          reports,   statements,   other  documents  and  financial   statements
          furnished  by the  Company  to the  NASD  or  Nasdaq  pursuant  to the
          requirements of or agreements with the NASD or Nasdaq; and

               (iii)  as soon as  available,  each  report,  statement  or other
          document of the Company mailed to its shareholders.

          (i)  Except  for  the  sale  of the  Common  Shares  pursuant  to this
     Agreement and as stated in the Prospectus,  as filed with the Commission as
     of  the  date  of  this  Agreement,  the  Company  will  not,  directly  or
     indirectly,  issue,  sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of,
     or otherwise  issue or dispose of any shares of Common  Stock,  warrants or
     rights to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock,
     on the open market or otherwise,  except for stock options granted pursuant
     to the Company's  Stock  Compensation  Plan and Director  Stock Option Plan
     with an  exercise  price  equal to or greater  than the FMV as of the grant
     date for a period of 180 days  after the date of the  Prospectus,  and will
     not register  any of its Common  Stock or such  warrants or rights for sale
     under the Act (other than the Common Shares) during such period without the
     prior  written  consent of the  Underwriter,  except  that the  Company may
     register on Form S-8 shares to be issued  under its  director  and employee
     stock plans. The Company has obtained or will obtain for the benefit of the
     Underwriter  the agreement of the officers and directors of the Company and
     the Bank that for the period  indicated  in the  foregoing  sentence,  such
     persons will not offer to sell, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose
     of any shares of Common  Stock  without  the prior  written  consent of the
     Underwriter.

          (j) To the extent the same are within the control of the Company,  the
     Company will use all reasonable efforts to satisfy or cause to be satisfied
     the conditions to the obligations of the Underwriter in Section 6 hereof.

          (k) The Company shall deliver the requisite  notice of issuance to the
     NASD and shall take all necessary and  appropriate  action within its power
     to cause or permit  trading  and  listing  of the  Common  Stock on the OTC
     Bulletin  Board for a period  of at least 36 months  after the date of this
     Agreement  except during such period(s) in which the Company's common stock
     shall 

                                       15
<PAGE>
     be listed for trading on any of the: (i) Nasdaq SmallCap  Market;  (ii) the
     Nasdaq  National  Market  System  (the  "NMS");  (iii) the  American  Stock
     Exchange (the "AMEX");  (iv) the New York Stock  Exchange (the "NYSE");  or
     (v) with the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

          (l) The Company shall promptly  prepare and file with the  Commission,
     from  time to time,  such  reports  as may be  required  to be filed by the
     Company  under the Act,  the  Exchange  Act or the  Rules  and  Regulations
     thereto.

          (m) The  Company  will  apply  the net  proceeds  from the sale of the
     Common  Shares to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the
     Prospectus.

          (n)  Neither  the  Company  nor the Bank shall file any  amendment  or
     supplement to any of the  Applications of which the  Underwriter  shall not
     previously  have been advised and furnished  with a copy or as to which the
     Underwriter shall have objected in writing promptly after reasonable notice
     thereof. In addition,  the Company will advise the Underwriter  promptly of
     any of the following events: (i) the issuance by the Commissioner,  the FRB
     or the FDIC of any amendment to any of the  Approvals;  (ii) the receipt of
     any comments from the  Commissioner,  the FRB or the FDIC concerning any of
     the Applications or the Approvals;  (iii) any request by the  Commissioner,
     the  FRB  or  the  FDIC  for  any  amendment  or  supplement  to any of the
     Applications  or for additional  information;  and (iv) the issuance by the
     Commissioner,  the  FRB or the  FDIC  of any  order  suspending  any of the
     Approvals or the  initiation or  threatening  of any  proceedings  for that
     purpose.

     SECTION 5. Payment of Expenses.

     Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated or this
Agreement becomes effective or is terminated, the Company agrees to pay:

          (a) All  costs,  fees  and  expenses  (excluding  the  legal  fees and
     disbursements  of  counsel  for the  Underwriter,  except as  described  in
     Section 5(b) below)  incurred in  connection  with the  performance  of the
     Company's obligations hereunder, including, without limiting the generality
     of the  foregoing,  all fees and  expenses  of the  Company's  counsel  and
     accountants,  all  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with the
     preparation,   printing,   filing  and  distribution  of  the  Registration
     Statement,  each Preliminary  Prospectus and the Prospectus  (including all
     exhibits and  financial  statements)  and all  amendments  and  supplements
     provided for herein, this Agreement,  the various Underwriter's letters and
     the Preliminary and Supplemental Blue Sky Memoranda;

          (b) All  registration  fees and  expenses,  including  legal  fees and
     disbursements of counsel for the  Underwriter,  incurred in connection with
     the  qualifying  or  registering  all or any part of the Common  Shares for
     offer  and sale  under  the Blue Sky  Laws and  clearing  the  underwriting
     arrangements with the NASD; provided,  however,  that the amount payable to
     the  Underwriter  for legal  fees  under  this  paragraph  shall not exceed
     $20,000 without the prior consent of the Company; and

          (c) All fees and expenses of the Company's  transfer agent,  all costs
     and expenses of printing of the  certificates  for the Common  Shares,  all
     transfer taxes, if any, with respect to the sale and delivery of the Common
     Shares, and all fees of the OTC Bulletin Board, if any.

                                       16
<PAGE>
     SECTION 6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriter.

     The  obligations of the Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Firm Common
Shares on the First  Closing Date and the Optional  Common  Shares on the Second
Closing  Date  shall be  subject  to the  accuracy  of the  representations  and
warranties  of the Company  herein set forth as of the date hereof and as of the
First  Closing  Date or the  Second  Closing  Date,  as the case may be,  to the
accuracy  of the  statements  of the  Company's  officers  made  pursuant to the
provisions  hereof,  to the  performance  by  the  Company  of  its  obligations
hereunder and to the following additional  conditions,  unless waived in writing
by the Underwriter:

          (a) The  Registration  Statement shall have become effective not later
     than 1:00 p.m.,  Milwaukee  time, on the date hereof or such later time and
     date as shall have been  consented  to by the  Underwriter  but in no event
     later than 1:00  p.m.,  Milwaukee  time,  on the third  full  business  day
     following  the date hereof.  If the Company  omitted  information  from the
     Registration  Statement at the time it became effective in reliance on Rule
     430A  under  the  Act,  the  Prospectus  shall  have  been  filed  with the
     Commission in  compliance  with Rule 424(b) and 430A under the Act. No stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have
     been issued and no proceeding  for that purpose shall have been  instituted
     or shall be pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Underwriter,
     shall be contemplated by the Commission or any Blue Sky or state securities
     commissioner,  and any  request  of the  Commission  or Blue  Sky or  state
     securities  commissioner,  for inclusion of additional  information  in the
     Registration  Statement or otherwise,  shall have been complied with to the
     Underwriter's reasonable satisfaction.

          (b) The Common  Shares  shall have been  qualified or  registered  for
     sale,  or  shall  be  exempt  from  such   qualification   or  registration
     requirements,  under the Blue Sky Laws of such  jurisdictions as shall have
     been  specified  by the  Underwriter  prior to the date hereof and shall be
     approved  for  listing on the OTC  Bulletin  Board.  The  offering  and the
     underwriting  arrangements  covered  hereby  shall have been cleared by the
     NASD.

          (c) The legality and  sufficiency of the  authorization,  issuance and
     sale  of  the  Common  Shares  hereunder,  the  validity  and  form  of the
     certificates  representing the Common Shares, the execution and delivery of
     this  Underwriting  Agreement,  all corporate  proceedings  and other legal
     matters incident thereto and the form of the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus (except financial statements and other financial and statistical
     data  included  therein)  shall  have been  approved  by Barack  Ferrazzano
     Kirschbaum  Perlman  &  Nagelberg,  counsel  for  the  Underwriter,  to the
     satisfaction of the Underwriter.

          (d) After  consulting  with counsel,  the  Underwriter  shall not have
     advised the Company that,  in its opinion,  the  Registration  Statement or
     Prospectus,  or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto,  contains an untrue
     statement  of fact  which  is or may be  material  or omits to state a fact
     which is material and is required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading.

          (e)  Since  the  dates  as  of  which  information  is  given  in  the
     Registration Statement: 

               (i) there shall not have been any material adverse change, or any
          development  involving a prospective adverse change, in the ability of
          the Company or the Bank to conduct its business  (whether by reason of
          any court,  legislative,  other governmental action, order, decree, or
          otherwise),   or  in  the  general  affairs,   management,   business,
          properties,  financial

                                       17
<PAGE>

          condition,  results of  operations  or, to the extent the  Company can
          reasonably  foresee,  prospects of the Company or the Bank, whether or
          not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business;

               (ii) there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or
          any material adverse change in the indebtedness of the Company and the
          Company shall not have acquired any of its capital stock nor shall the
          Company  have  declared  or  paid  any  dividend,  or made  any  other
          distribution,   upon  its   outstanding   capital   stock  payable  to
          shareholders  of record on a date prior to the First  Closing  Date or
          Second Closing Date, as the case may be; and

               (iii)  the  Company   shall  not  have   sustained  any  loss  or
          interference   with  its  business  from  any  labor  dispute,   fire,
          explosion,  flood,  accident  or other  calamity  or from any court or
          governmental  action,  order or  decree;  the  effect  of which on the
          Company,  in any such case  described in clause (i),  (ii) or (iii) of
          this subsection 6(e), is in the Underwriter's  opinion so material and
          adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the
          public  offering or the delivery of the Common Shares on the terms and
          in the  manner  contemplated  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
          Prospectus.

          (f) There shall have been furnished to the Underwriter on each Closing
     Date, except as otherwise expressly provided below:

               (i) An  opinion  of  Varnum,  Riddering  Schmidt &  Howlett  LLP,
          counsel for the Company,  addressed to the  Underwriter  and dated the
          First Closing Date or the Second  Closing Date, as the case may be, to
          the effect that:

                    (1) The Company is duly organized and validly  existing as a
               corporation  under  the laws of the State of  Michigan,  and is a
               bank holding  company under  Section  3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding
               Company Act, with full  corporate  power and authority to own its
               properties   and  conduct  its   business  as  described  in  the
               Prospectus; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a
               foreign  corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in  which it owns or
               leases  properties,  has  an  office,  or in  which  business  is
               conducted and such  qualification  is required,  except where the
               failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
                       
                    (2) The authorized  capital stock of the Company consists of
               9,500,000  shares of Common  Stock,  no par value per  share,  of
               which  914,250  shares are issued and  outstanding,  and 500,000,
               shares of Preferred  Stock,  no par value per share,  of which no
               shares are outstanding, as of the date prior to the First Closing
               Date; and when issued, the Common Shares will conform as to legal
               matters to the description thereof in the Registration  Statement
               and Prospectus,  and the authorized and outstanding  stock of the
               Company is as set forth under the caption "Capitalization" in the
               Prospectus  and the statements  made in the Prospectus  under the
               caption  "Description  of  Capital  Stock"  are  accurate  in all
               material respects.

                    (3)  To  the  knowledge  of  such  counsel,   there  are  no
               preemptive,  preferential  or other  rights to  subscribe  for or
               purchase  any of the  Common  Shares  to be sold  by the  Company
               hereunder;  and no  shares of Common  Stock  have been  issued in
               violation of such rights.

                    (4) The  certificates  for the Common Shares to be delivered
               by the Company  hereunder  are in due and proper form and conform
               to any applicable requirements of

                                       18
<PAGE>
               the  Michigan   Business   Corporation   Act;   and,   when  duly
               countersigned by the Company's  transfer agent,  delivered to the
               Underwriter or upon the order of the Underwriter  against payment
               of the  agreed  consideration  therefor  in  accordance  with the
               provisions of this Agreement,  and otherwise issued in accordance
               with  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement,   the  Common  Shares
               represented  thereby will be duly  authorized and validly issued,
               fully  paid  and   nonassessable;   and,  upon  delivery  to  the
               Underwriter  or upon the  order  against  payment  of the  agreed
               consideration  therefor in accordance with the provisions of this
               Agreement, the Underwriter will acquire good and marketable title
               thereto,  free and clear of any lien, claim,  security  interest,
               encumbrance   or   restriction   on  transfer   (except  for  any
               restrictions  under  the Act,  the  Blue Sky Laws and  applicable
               banking laws).

                    (5) The  Registration  Statement has become  effective under
               the  Act  and,  to  such  counsel's  knowledge,   no  stop  order
               suspending the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement has
               been  issued  and no  proceedings  for  that  purpose  have  been
               instituted  or are  pending  or,  to  such  counsel's  knowledge,
               threatened  under the Act,  and the  Registration  Statement  and
               Prospectus and each amendment or supplement  thereto  (except for
               the   financial   statements,   schedules,   if  any,  and  other
               statistical or financial data included therein,  as to which such
               counsel  need  express  no  opinion)  comply  as to  form  in all
               material  respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules
               and  Regulations.  No facts  have come to the  attention  of such
               counsel  which lead it to believe  that  either the  Registration
               Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto
               (except for the  financial  statements,  schedules,  if any,  and
               other  statistical  or financial data included  therein,  and the
               statistical  methodology  underlying  statistical  data  included
               therein and attributed to third party sources, in each case as to
               which such counsel  need express no opinion),  contain any untrue
               statement  of a material  fact or fails to state a material  fact
               required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
               therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under  which  they were
               made, not  misleading;  to such counsel's  knowledge there are no
               legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened which are
               required  to be  described  in the  Prospectus,  nor is there any
               agreement,  contract or  document  of a character  required to be
               described in or filed with the  Registration  Statement  which is
               not described or filed as required.

                    (6) The Company has full  corporate  power and  authority to
               enter into and perform this  Agreement;  this  Agreement  and the
               performance of the Company's obligations hereunder have been duly
               authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company; this
               Agreement  has been duly  executed and delivered by and on behalf
               of the Company and is a legal valid and binding  agreement of the
               Company  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms,  except that
               rights to indemnity or  contribution  may be limited or denied by
               applicable  law and  subject  to  general  principles  of  equity
               (regardless  of  whether  such  enforcement  is  considered  in a
               proceeding  in equity or at law) and  except as may be limited or
               denied by bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or
               other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
               generally,  and except as may be described in the Prospectus,  no
               approval,  authorization or consent of any public board,  agency,
               or instrumentality of the United States or any other jurisdiction
               is necessary in  connection  with the issue or sale of the Common
               Shares by the  Company  pursuant  to this  Agreement  (other than
               under  the Act,  applicable  Blue  Sky Laws and the  rules of the
               NASD) or the consummation by the Company of any other transaction
               contemplated hereby.

                    (7) The execution and  performance  of this Agreement by the
               Company,  including  application  of  the  net  proceeds  of  the
               offering,  if and when  received,  as described in the Prospectus
               under the caption "Use of Proceeds,"  will not, to such counsel's
               knowledge  after  due   investigation,   contravene  any  of  the
               provisions of, or result in a default under,

                                       19
<PAGE>
               any material  contract,  agreement,  lease,  franchise,  license,
               indenture,  loan  agreement,  evidence of  indebtedness  or other
               instrument  to which  the  Company  is a party  or by  which  the
               Company or any of its material  properties is bound, and will not
               violate any of the  provisions of the Articles of  Incorporation,
               or Bylaws of the Company,  or violate any of the Approvals or any
               statute,   order,   rule  or  regulation  of  any  regulatory  or
               governmental  body  having  jurisdiction  over the Company or its
               properties.

                    (8) To such  counsel's  knowledge,  there are no  holders of
               Common Stock,  convertible  securities or other securities of the
               Company  having  rights to the  registration  of such  securities
               under the Registration Statement.

                    (9) The Company  does not own or control any  subsidiary  or
               other  affiliate  other  than the  Bank,  and does  not,  to such
               counsel's  knowledge,  own any shares of the capital stock of any
               corporation  or  any  equity   interest  in  any  joint  venture,
               partnership,   proprietorship   or  other  commercial  entity  or
               organization other than the Bank.

                    (10) Upon the filing or first delivery to the Underwriter of
               the  Prospectus,  as of the date hereof and at the First  Closing
               Date and the Second  Closing Date, as the case may be, all of the
               outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Bank  are  duly
               authorized   and   validly   issued,   will  be  fully  paid  and
               non-assessable,  except to the extent  such  shares may be deemed
               assessable  under  Section 201 of the  Michigan  Banking  Code of
               1969, as amended (M.C.L.A.  Section 487,501) and are owned by the
               Company free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, equity, security
               interest or claim;  and no options,  warrants or other  rights to
               purchase,  agreements or other  obligations to issue or rights to
               convert any obligations into shares of capital stock or ownership
               interest  in the Bank are, or will as of the First  Closing  Date
               and the Second Closing Date be, outstanding.

                    (11)  The  execution,   delivery  and  performance  of  this
               Agreement and the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
               herein do not and will not conflict with or result in a violation
               of or default  under the  charter or bylaws of the Company or the
               Bank,  or under  any of the  Approvals  or any  statute,  rule or
               regulation  applicable  to the Company or the Bank or any permit,
               order,  judgment or decree known to such  counsel,  or any lease,
               contract, indenture,  mortgage, loan agreement or other agreement
               or other  instrument  or  obligation  to which the Company or the
               Bank is a party  or by  which  the  Company  or the Bank or their
               respective material properties are bound.

                    (12)  The  Bank  has  been  duly  organized  and is  validly
               existing  under  the laws of the State of  Michigan  as a banking
               corporation  and has all requisite  corporate power and authority
               to own,  lease and  operate  its  properties  and to conduct  its
               business  as  described  in  the  Registration   Statement,   the
               Prospectus and the  Applications,  and is not required to be duly
               qualified as a foreign corporation in any state, except where the
               failure so to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on
               the conditions or earnings of the Company and the Bank considered
               as one enterprise or of the Bank  considered  separately,  and no
               proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction revoking,
               limiting or curtailing,  or seeking to revoke,  limit or curtail,
               such qualification.

     Such counsel may rely as to factual  matters on certificates of officers of
the Company and state  officials,  in each case  reasonably  satisfactory to the
Underwriter,  in which case such  counsel's  opinion  shall  state that it is so
doing and that such counsel believes such reliance is reasonable,  and copies of
said certificates or opinions shall be attached to the opinion.  For purposes of
such 

                                       20
<PAGE>
opinion,  "to  counsel's  knowledge"  or words of similar  import shall mean the
actual  knowledge of facts by any  attorneys  in the firm of Varnum,  Riddering,
Schmidt & Howell LLP who have  worked on matters  related to the  Company or the
Bank,  or any facts  which  should  have  been  known by such  attorneys  in the
exercise of reasonable due diligence.

               (ii) A  certificate  of  the  chief  executive  officer  and  the
          principal  financial  officer of the Company,  dated the First Closing
          Date or the  Second  Closing  Date,  as the case may be, to the effect
          that:

                    (1) The  representations  and  warranties of the Company set
               forth in Section 1 of this  Agreement  are true and correct as of
               the date of this  Agreement  and as of the First  Closing Date or
               the Second  Closing Date, as the case may be, as if again made on
               and as of such date,  and the Company has  complied  with all the
               agreements  and  satisfied  all the  conditions on its part to be
               performed or satisfied at or prior to such date.

                    (2) The  Commission  has not issued an order  preventing  or
               suspending  the  use  of  the   Prospectus  or  any   Preliminary
               Prospectus  filed as part of the  Registration  Statement  or any
               amendment thereto;  no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
               the  Registration  Statement  has  been  issued;  and to the best
               knowledge of the respective signatories,  no proceedings for that
               purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under
               the Act.

                    (3)  Each  of  the  respective   signatories  has  carefully
               examined the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  and the
               Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus and any amendments or
               supplements  thereto contain all statements required to be stated
               therein,   and  neither  the   Registration   Statement  nor  the
               Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement  thereto  includes any
               untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omits  to  state  any
               material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
               statements  therein not misleading in light of the  circumstances
               under which they were made,  and, since the effective date of the
               Registration  Statement,  there has occurred no event required to
               be set forth in an amended or  supplemented  Prospectus  or in an
               amendment to the Registration  Statement that has not been so set
               forth.

                    (4) Since the date on which the  Registration  Statement was
               initially  filed  with  the  Commission,  there  has not been any
               material adverse change or a development  involving a prospective
               material  adverse  change  in the  general  affairs,  management,
               business, properties,  financial condition, results of operations
               or  prospects  of  the  Company,  whether  or  not  arising  from
               transactions in the ordinary  course of business  relating to the
               organization  or business  of the Company or the Bank,  except as
               disclosed in the  Prospectus  and the  Registration  Statement as
               heretofore  amended  or (but  only if the  Underwriter  expressly
               consents  thereto in writing) as  disclosed  in an  amendment  or
               supplement thereto filed with the Commission and delivered to the
               Underwriter after the execution of this Agreement or (but only if
               the Underwriter  expressly  consents  thereto in writing);  since
               such date and except as so disclosed or in the ordinary course of
               business,  the  Company  and  the  Bank  have  not  incurred  any
               liability or obligation,  direct or indirect, or entered into any
               material transaction; since such date and except as so disclosed,
               there has not been any change in the capital  stock,  or material
               adverse  change in  short-term  debt or  long-term  debt,  of the
               Company; since such date and except as so disclosed,  the Company
               has not  acquired  any of its  capital  stock nor has the Company
               declared or paid any  dividend,  or made any other  distribution,
               upon its  outstanding  capital stock payable to  shareholders  of
               record  on a date  prior  to the  First  Closing  Date or  Second
               Closing  Date,  as the case may be; since such date and except as
               so disclosed, the Company and the Bank have not incurred any

                                       21
<PAGE>
               material  contingent  obligations,  and no material litigation is
               pending or threatened against the Company and the Bank; and since
               such date and except as so  disclosed,  the  Company and the Bank
               have not  sustained a material  loss or  interference  with their
               respective  businesses  from any  labor  dispute,  strike,  fire,
               explosion,  flood,  accident  or other  calamity  (whether or not
               insured)  or from any  court  or  governmental  action,  order or
               decree.

               (iii) A written  agreement or  agreements  signed by officers and
          directors  of the Company and the Bank to the effect that such persons
          will not make any offering, sale or other disposition of any shares of
          Common  Stock,  in the open market or  otherwise,  for a period of one
          year after the date of the  Prospectus,  except with the prior written
          consent of the Underwriter.

               (iv) At the time this Agreement is executed and also on the First
          Closing Date and the Second Closing Date,  there shall be delivered to
          the  Underwriter  a letter  addressed to the  Underwriter  from Crowe,
          Chizek & Company LLP, independent accountants,  the first letter to be
          dated the date of this  Agreement,  the second  letter to be dated the
          First  Closing  Date,  and the third  letter (in the event of a Second
          Closing) to be dated the Second  Closing Date,  which shall be in form
          and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Underwriter  and  shall  contain
          information  as of a date within five days of the date of such letter.
          There shall not have been any change  specified  in any of the letters
          referred  to in  this  subparagraph  which  makes  it  impractical  or
          inadvisable  in the  judgment of the  Underwriter  to proceed with the
          public  offering  or  purchase  of the Common  Shares as  contemplated
          hereby.

               (v) Such further  certificates  and documents as the  Underwriter
          may reasonably request.

               (vi) All of the conditions  precedent and commitments of the Bank
          and the Company  specified in the Approvals as of the First and Second
          Closing Dates, have been satisfied;  if any amendment or supplement to
          any of the Applications is required to be filed with the Commissioner,
          the FRB or the FDIC, as the case may be, such  amendment or supplement
          shall have been filed in the manner and within the time  specified  by
          the relevant  authority;  and no order suspending any of the Approvals
          shall  have  been  issued  or  proceedings   therefore   initiated  or
          threatened by the Commissioner, the FRB or the FDIC.

     If any condition to the Underwriter's obligations hereunder to be satisfied
prior to or at the  First  Closing  Date is not so  satisfied  or  waived by the
Underwriter,  this Agreement, at the Underwriter's election, will terminate upon
notification to the Company without  liability on the part of the Underwriter or
the  Company,  except for the expenses to be paid or  reimbursed  by the Company
pursuant to Sections 5 and 7 hereof and except to the extent provided in Section
9 hereof.

     The  delivery  of the  certificates  by the  Company  provided  for in this
Section shall be and constitute a representation  and warranty of the Company as
to the facts  required to be set forth in said  certificate.  All such opinions,
certificates,  letters  and  documents  required  by this  Section  shall  be in
compliance with the provisions  hereof only if they are reasonably  satisfactory
to the  Underwriter  and to Barack  Ferrazzano  Kirschbaum  Perlman & Nagelberg,
counsel to the  Underwriter.  The Company  and its  officers  shall  furnish the
Underwriter  with such  manually  signed or conformed  copies of such  opinions,
certificates, letters and documents as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

                                       22
<PAGE>
     SECTION 7. Reimbursement of Underwriter's Expenses.

     If the sale to the  Underwriter  of the Common  Shares at the First Closing
Date or the Second  Closing Date has not been  consummated  as of May 1, 1998 or
June  1,  1998,  respectively,   because  any  condition  of  the  Underwriter's
obligations  hereunder is not satisfied or because of any refusal,  inability or
failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement  herein or to comply
with any provisions hereof, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriter upon
demand  for  all  documented   out-of-pocket   expenses   (including   fees  and
disbursements  of  counsel)  that shall  have been  reasonably  incurred  by the
Underwriter in connection with the proposed  purchase and the sale of the Common
Shares;  provided,  however,  that the  amount  of such  reimbursement  shall be
limited to $50,000 plus the  aggregate  amount of any filing fees under any Blue
Sky Laws paid by the Underwriter  prior to such date. Any such termination shall
be without  liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions
of Sections 5, 7 and 9 hereof shall at all times be effective and shall apply.

     SECTION 8. Effectiveness of Registration Statement.

     The Underwriter  and the Company will use their  respective best efforts to
cause the Registration Statement to become effective, to prevent the issuance of
any stop order suspending the  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement and,
if such stop order be issued, to obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof.

     SECTION 9. Indemnification.

          (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the  Underwriter
     and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of
     the  Act  or  the  Exchange  Act  against  any  losses,  claims,   damages,
     liabilities or actions in respect thereof  ("Claims"),  joint or several to
     which the Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject,  under
     the  Act,  the  Exchange  Act,  Blue Sky  Laws or  other  federal  or state
     statutory law or regulation,  including banking regulations,  at common law
     or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement
     is  effected  with the  written  consent of the  Company),  insofar as such
     Claims  arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or  alleged
     untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained  in  the  Registration
     Statement or any Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus,  any amendment or
     supplement  thereto,  any application filed under any Blue Sky Law or other
     document  executed by the Company  for that  purpose or based upon  written
     information  furnished  by the  Company  and  filed  in any  state or other
     jurisdiction to qualify, register or exempt any or all of the Common Shares
     under the  securities  laws  thereof  (any such  document,  application  or
     information being hereinafter referred to as a "Blue Sky Application"),  or
     arise out of or are based upon the  omission  or alleged  omission to state
     therein a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not  misleading.  The Company will reimburse the Underwriter and each
     such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
     by  the  Underwriter  or  such   controlling   person  in  connection  with
     investigating  or defending  any such Claim;  provided,  however,  that the
     Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that:

               (i) any  such  Claim  arises  out of or is based  upon an  untrue
          statement or alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged omission
          made in the Registration Statement,  any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
          Prospectus or any  amendment or supplement  thereto or in any Blue Sky
          Application   in  reliance  upon  and  in   conformity   with  written
          information   furnished  to  the  Company  by  or  on  behalf  of  the
          Underwriter specifically for use therein; or

                                       23
<PAGE>
               (ii) such  statement  or omission  was  contained  or made in any
          Preliminary  Prospectus  and corrected in the  Prospectus  and (1) any
          such Claim suffered or incurred by the  Underwriter (or any person who
          controls the  Underwriter)  resulted from an action,  claim or suit by
          any person who purchased  Common Shares which are the subject  thereof
          from the Underwriter in the offering and (2) the Underwriter failed to
          deliver or provide a copy of the  Prospectus  (as then  amended if the
          Company shall have amended the  Prospectus) to such person at or prior
          to the  confirmation  of the sale of such  Common  Shares  in any case
          where such  delivery is required by the Act,  unless such  failure was
          due to a failure by the  Company to provide  copies of the  Prospectus
          (as so amended) to the Underwriter as required by this Agreement.

     The  indemnification  obligations  of the  Company  provided  above  are in
addition to any  liabilities  which the Company may  otherwise  have under other
agreements, common law or otherwise.

          (b) The  Underwriter  will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
     each of the  Company's  directors  and each of its  officers  who signs the
     Registration  Statement,  and each person, if any, who controls the Company
     within the  meaning of the Act or the  Exchange  Act,  against any Claim to
     which the Company, or any such director,  officer or controlling person may
     become subject,  under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state
     statutory  law or  regulation,  at common law or  otherwise  (including  in
     settlement  of any  litigation,  if such  settlement  is effected  with the
     written consent of such  Underwriter),  insofar as such Claim arises out of
     or is based upon any untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  of any  material
     fact contained in the Registration  Statement,  any Preliminary Prospectus,
     the  Prospectus,  any  amendment or  supplement  thereto or in any Blue Sky
     Application,  or arises  out of or is based  upon the  omission  or alleged
     omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated  therein or
     necessary to make the statements  therein not  misleading,  in each case to
     the extent,  but only to the extent,  that such untrue statement or alleged
     untrue   statement  or  omission  or  alleged  omission  was  made  in  the
     Registration Statement,  any Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus or any
     amendment or supplement  thereto,  or in any Blue Sky Application,  in each
     case in  reliance  upon  and in  conformity  with the  written  information
     furnished by the  Underwriter  as provided  hereby.  The  Underwriter  will
     reimburse any legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Company,
     or any such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in connection  with
     investigating  or  defending  any such  claim,  and from any and all Claims
     resulting  from  failure  of the  Underwriter  to  deliver  a  copy  of the
     Prospectus, if the person asserting such Claim purchased Common Shares from
     the  Underwriter  and a copy of the  Prospectus  (as  then  amended  if the
     Company shall have amended the  Prospectus)  was not sent or given by or on
     behalf of the  Underwriter  to such  person,  if required by law so to have
     been delivered, and or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the
     Common Shares to such person,  and if the  Prospectus (as so amended) would
     have cured the defect  giving  rise to such  Claim,  unless the  failure to
     deliver a Prospectus  was due to a failure by the Company to provide copies
     of the  Prospectus to the  Underwriter as required by this  Agreement.  The
     indemnification  obligations  of the  Underwriter  as provided above are in
     addition to any  liabilities the Underwriter may otherwise have under other
     agreements, common law or otherwise.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
     Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Underwriter be required to
     indemnify the Company or any officer, director or controlling person of the
     Company  pursuant to this  Agreement or otherwise,  to the extent that such
     payment,  when  aggregated  with all other  payments  to such  persons  for
     indemnification  or  contribution,  shall be in an  amount in excess of the
     total underwriting fees and commissions the Underwriter received hereunder.

                                       24
<PAGE>
          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under paragraph (a)
     or (b) of this  Section  of notice  of the  commencement  of any  action in
     respect of a Claim,  such  indemnified  party  will,  if a Claim in respect
     thereof is to be made against an  indemnifying  party under such paragraph,
     notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, but the omission
     to so notify the indemnifying  party will not relieve it from any liability
     which  it may have to any  indemnified  party  otherwise  than  under  such
     paragraph.  In case any such  action is  brought  against  any  indemnified
     party, and it notifies an indemnifying  party of the commencement  thereof,
     the  indemnifying  party will be  entitled to  participate  in, and, to the
     extent  that it may  wish  jointly  with  all  other  indemnifying  parties
     similarly notified,  to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably
     satisfactory to such  indemnified  party,  provided,  however,  that if the
     defendants in any such action  include both the  indemnified  party and the
     indemnifying   party  and  the  indemnified  party  shall  have  reasonably
     concluded  that there may be legal  defenses  available  to it and/or other
     indemnified  parties  which  are  different  from or  additional  to  those
     available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall
     have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and
     to  otherwise  participate  in the defense of such action on behalf of such
     indemnified party or parties.

          (d)  Upon  receipt  of  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party to such
     indemnified  party of its  election so to assume the defense of such action
     and approval by the indemnified  party of counsel,  the indemnifying  party
     will not be liable to such  indemnified  party under  paragraph (a), (b) or
     (c) of this Section for any legal or other expenses  subsequently  incurred
     by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless:

               (i) the  indemnified  party shall have  employed  such counsel in
          connection  with the assumption of legal  defenses in accordance  with
          the  provision of the last  sentence of paragraph  (c) of this Section
          (it being understood,  however,  that the indemnifying party shall not
          be liable for the expenses of more than one separate  counsel approved
          by the  Underwriter  if one  or  more  of  the  Underwriter  or  their
          controlling persons are the indemnified parties);

               (ii) the  indemnifying  party  shall  not have  employed  counsel
          reasonably  satisfactory  to the  indemnified  party to represent  the
          indemnified   party   within  a   reasonable   time  after  notice  of
          commencement of the action; or

               (iii) the  indemnifying  party has  authorized  the employment of
          counsel for the indemnified  party at the expense of the  indemnifying
          party.

          (e)  Subject to the  limitations  set forth by  paragraph  (b) of this
     Section, if the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable
     to or  insufficient  to hold harmless an indemnified  party under paragraph
     (a),  (b) or (c) of this  Section  in  respect  of any  Claim  referred  to
     therein,  then  each  indemnifying  party,  in  lieu of  indemnifying  such
     indemnified party, shall, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth,
     contribute  to the amount  paid or payable by such  indemnified  party as a
     result of such Claim:

               (i) in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
          benefits  received by the Company on the one hand and the  Underwriter
          on the other hand from the offering of the Common Shares; or

               (ii) if the  allocation  provided  by  clause  (i)  above  is not
          permitted by applicable  law, in such  proportion as is appropriate to
          reflect  not only the  relative  benefits  referred  to in clause  (i)
          above,  but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and
          the

                                       25
<PAGE>
          Underwriter  on the other hand in  connection  with the  statements or
          omissions  which  resulted in such Claim as well as any other relevant
          equitable considerations.

     The respective  relative  benefits  received by the Company on the one hand
and the  Underwriter  on the  other  hand  shall  be  deemed  to be in the  same
proportion,  in the case of the Company,  as the total price paid to the Company
for the Common Shares by the  Underwriter  (net of  underwriting  discount,  but
before  deducting   expenses   allocable  thereto)  and,  in  the  case  of  the
Underwriter, as the underwriting discount received by them bears in each case to
the total of such amounts paid to the Company and received by the Underwriter as
underwriting  discount  in each  case as  contemplated  by the  Prospectus.  The
relative  fault  of the  Company  and the  Underwriter  shall be  determined  by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
of a  material  fact  or the  omission  to  state a  material  fact  relates  to
information supplied by the Company or the Underwriter and such party's relative
intent,  knowledge,  access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of
the  Claims  referred  to above  shall be  deemed  to  include,  subject  to the
limitations  set forth in paragraphs  (c) or (d) of this  Section,  any legal or
other fees or  expenses  reasonably  incurred by such party in  connection  with
investigating or defending any action or claim.

          (f) The  Company and the  Underwriter  agree that it would not be just
     and equitable if  contribution  pursuant to this Section were determined by
     pro rata  allocation  or by any other method of  allocation  which does not
     take account of the equitable  considerations  referred to in paragraph (e)
     of this Section.  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, the
     Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
     total  amount of all  underwriting  fees and  commissions  received  by the
     Underwriter  with respect to the shares  distributed by it to the public in
     connection with this Agreement exceeds the amount of any damages which such
     Underwriter  has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
     alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty
     of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(e) of the
     Act) shall be entitled to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty
     of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     SECTION 10. Default of Underwriter.

     Subject to the conditions of the  Underwriter to purchase the Common Shares
in the manner described in Section 6 hereof, and except as hereinafter  provided
in  this  Section,  it  shall  be a  condition  to  this  Agreement  and  to the
obligations of the Company to sell and deliver the Common Shares  hereunder that
the Underwriter shall purchase and pay for all of the Common Shares agreed to be
purchased by the  Underwriter  hereunder  upon tender to the  Underwriter of all
such Common Shares in accordance  with the terms hereof.  If the  Underwriter so
defaults  and  arrangements  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Company  for  the
purchase  of such  Common  Shares by other  persons are not made within 36 hours
after such default,  this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part
of the Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses and reimbursements to
be paid by the  Company  pursuant  to  Sections 5 and 7 hereof and except to the
extent provided in Section 9 hereof.

     In the  event  that  Common  Shares to which a  default  relates  are to be
purchased by another party or parties, the Underwriter or the Company shall have
the right to postpone the First or Second  Closing Date, as the case may be, for
not more than seven  business  days in order that the  necessary  changes in the
Registration Statement, Prospectus and any other documents, as well as

                                       26
<PAGE>
any other arrangements,  may be effected and the Company agrees to file promptly
any  amendments to the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  which in the
Underwriter's opinion are thereby made necessary.

     As used in this  Agreement,  the term  "Underwriter"  includes  any  person
substituted for an Underwriter under this Section.

     No default by the  Underwriter in its obligations to purchase Common Shares
hereunder on the Second  Closing Date shall affect or impair the validity of the
transactions consummated hereunder on the First Closing Date.

     SECTION 11. Effective Date.

     This  Agreement  shall become  effective upon the execution and delivery of
this Agreement by the parties hereto.

     SECTION 12. Termination.

     Without  limiting the right to  terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to any
other provision hereof, this Agreement may also be terminated by the Underwriter
prior to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 3 hereof,
if exercised, may be canceled at any time prior to the Second Closing Date, upon
the occurrence of any of the following: (a) any material, adverse change, or any
material,  adverse development,  involving a prospective change, in or affecting
particularly the business or properties of the Company or the Bank which, in the
judgment of the  Underwriter  materially  impairs the investment  quality of the
Common  Shares;  (b) suspension of trading in securities on the NYSE or the AMEX
or limitation on prices  (other than  limitations  on hours or number of days of
trading) for  securities  on either such  exchange,  or a halt or  suspension of
trading in  securities  generally  which are quoted on the NMS;  (c) any banking
moratorium declared by Federal or any state authorities;  or (d) any outbreak or
escalation  of major  hostilities  in which the United  States is involved,  any
declaration   of  war  by  Congress  or  any  other   substantial   national  or
international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the Underwriter,  the
effect of any such  outbreak,  escalation,  declaration,  calamity or  emergency
makes it impractical  or  inadvisable to proceed with  completion of the sale of
and payment for the Common Shares.

     Any termination  pursuant to this Section shall be without liability on the
part of the  Underwriter  to the  Company  or on the part of the  Company to the
Underwriter (except for expenses to be paid by the Company pursuant to Section 5
hereof or reimbursed  by the Company  pursuant to Section 7 hereof and except as
to indemnification to the extent provided in Section 9 hereof).

     SECTION 13. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery.

The respective indemnities,  agreements,  representations,  warranties and other
statements of the Company, its officers or directors, and of the Underwriter set
forth in or made  pursuant  to this  Agreement  will  remain  in full  force and
effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriter,
or the Company or any of its or their,  officers or directors or any controlling
person,  as the case may be, and will  survive  delivery  of and payment for the
Common Shares sold hereunder.

                                       27
<PAGE>
     SECTION 14. Notices.

     All  communications  hereunder  will  be in  writing  and,  if  sent to the
Underwriter will be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to Robert W.
Baird & Co.  Incorporated  at 777 East Wisconsin  Avenue,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin
53202, Attention:  Mr. Steven P. Kent, Managing Director, with a copy to John E.
Freechack,  Esq., Barack  Ferrazzano  Kirschbaum  Perlman & Nagelberg,  333 West
Wacker Drive,  Suite 2700,  Chicago,  Illinois 60606; and if sent to the Company
will be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed  and confirmed to the Company at 51 E.
Main Street, Zeeland, Michigan 49464, Attention: Mr. Benj. A. Smith, III, with a
copy to Donald L. Johnson,  Esq., Varnum,  Riddering,  Schmidt & Howell LLP, 333
Bridge Street, Suite 1700, Grand Rapids, Michigan 49504.

     SECTION 15. Successors.

     This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective  successors,  personal  representatives and assigns,
and to the  benefit  of the  officers  and  directors  and  controlling  persons
referred to in Section 9, and no other person will have any right or  obligation
thereunder.  The term "successors" shall not include any purchaser of the Common
Shares as such from the Underwriter merely by reason of such purchase.

     SECTION 16. Partial Unenforceability.

     If any Section,  paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason
determined to be invalid or unenforceable,  such determination  shall not affect
the  validity or  enforceability  of any other  Section,  paragraph or provision
hereof.

     SECTION 17. Applicable Law.

     This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with the
laws of the  State of  Wisconsin  applicable  to  contracts  made and  performed
therein.

     SECTION 19. Counterparts.

     This Agreement may be executed in one or more  counterparts,  each of which
shall be deemed an original but all of which together  shall  constitute one and
the same agreement.


                    [Rest of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
<PAGE>
     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
kindly sign and return to us the enclosed  duplicates hereof,  whereupon it will
become a  binding  agreement  among the  Company,  and the  Underwriter,  all in
accordance with its terms. 


                                   Very truly yours, 

                                   MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION

                                   By:
                                       Benj. A. Smith. Chairman of the Board


                                   By:
                                       Philip J. Koning, Secretary/Treasurer


     The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written.


ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. INCORPORATED

By:

         Its:
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4
MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION

NUMBER                                                                   SHARES

MB
Common Stock

              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MICHIGAN

THIS CERTIFIED THAT                                            CUSIP 554225 10 2
                                                                 SEE REVERSE FOR
                                                             CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

IS THE OWNER OF

  FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK WITH NO PAR VALUE OF

                            MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION

transferable  on the books of the  Corporation  in person or by duly  authorized
attorney in fact upon  surrender of this  certificate  properly  endorsed.  This
certificate  is not valid unless  countersigned  and  registered by the Transfer
Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the  Corporation  and the facsimile  signatures of
its duly authorized officers.

Dated:

/s/                                          /s/ Benj. A. Smith, III
   SECRETARY                                     CHAIRMAN AND CEO

                           MACATAWA BANK CORPORATION
                                 CORPORATE SEAL
                                    MICHIGAN

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: 
MACATAWA BANK
(Zeeland, MI)
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

<PAGE>
     The  corporation  will furnish  without charge to each  shareholder  who so
requests a full statement of the designation,  relative rights,  preferences and
limitations of each class of stock  authorized to be issued by the  corporation
and each series within a particular  class of stock so far as the same have been
prescribed  and  the  authority  of the  Corporation's  Board  of  Directors  to
designate and prescribe the relative  rights,  preferences  and  limitations  of
other series. Requests may be directed to the Transfer Agent, Macatawa Bank.

     The following  abbreviations,  when used in the  inscription on the face of
this  Certificate,  shall be  construed  as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:


TEN COM-as tenants in common             UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-______Custodian______
TEN ENT-as tenants by the entireties                       (Cust)        (Minor)
JT TEN-as joint tenants with right of             under Uniform Gifts to Minors
       survivorship and not as tenants            Act__________________________
       in common                                            (State)

    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

                                   ASSIGNMENT


FOR VALUE RECEIVED,____________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
_______________________________________




______________________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________ Shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint
_____________________________________________________________________ Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within name Corporation with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated______________________________________


                                        X__________________________________

                                        X__________________________________
                                        NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS
                                        ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE
                                        NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE
                                        CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
                                        ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE
                                        WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed


By____________________________________________________
THIS SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE 
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS
AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP
IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM).
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.9

                                   MAGIC LINE
                           PRODUCT SERVICES AGREEMENT










Mission  Statement:  At Magic Line,  quality is consistently  exceeding customer
expectations in all that we do.






                           Participant: Macatawa Bank
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
Recitals......................................................................1

Terms and Conditions..........................................................1

Article I - Definitions.......................................................1

     1.1  Defined Terms.......................................................1

Article II - The Program......................................................2

     2.1  Services Selected and Payment.......................................2
     2.2  Settlement Procedures...............................................3
     2.3  Confidential Information............................................4
     2.4  Relationship of the Parties.........................................4
     2.5  Limitation of Liability.............................................4
     2.6  Supremacy of this Agreement.........................................5

Article III - Term and Termination............................................5

     3.1  Term................................................................5
     3.2  Termination.........................................................6
     3.3  Events of Default...................................................6
     3.4  Remedies............................................................7

Article IV - Representations and Warranties...................................7

     4.1  Representations and Warranties of Participant.......................7
     4.2  Representations and Warranties of Magic Line........................8

                                       i
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
Article V - General Terms.................................................... 9

     5.1  Amendment.......................................................... 9
     5.2  Assignment......................................................... 9
     5.3  Governing Law...................................................... 9
     5.4  Operating Rules.................................................... 9
     5.5  Notice............................................................. 9
     5.6  Entire Agreement...................................................10
     5.7  Enforceability of Rights...........................................10
     5.8  Voidness...........................................................10
     5.9  Captions...........................................................10
     5.10 Submission of Financial Statements.................................10
     5.11 Construction.......................................................11
          

                                       ii
<PAGE>
                                   MAGIC LINE
                           PRODUCT SERVICES AGREEMENT

         This  Product  Services  Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  is  made  as of
10-1-97,  by and between MAGIC LINE, INC., a Delaware  corporation ("Magic Line"
or "us" or "we"), and Macatawa Bank, a Commercial Bank ("Participant" or "you").

                                    Recitals

     A. You are participating in the Magic Line network pursuant to a Magic Line
Participant Service Contract previously executed by you and Magic Line;

     B. You desire certain services, in addition to the Magic Line Service;

     C. We agree to make  available to you certain  services in accordance  with
the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

     THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises set forth below,  you and we
agree to the following:

                              Terms and Conditions

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.1 Defined Terms. The following terms shall have the following definitions
when used in this Agreement:


                                       1
<PAGE>
     "Magic Line Documents" mean the Operating Rules and such additional manuals
and bulletins that may be provided by us and amended by us from time to time.

     "Operating  Rules" means the Operating Rules  promulgated by us, as amended
from time to time.

     "Services" means the services  selected by you, as identified on Exhibit A,
List of Services,  and as further  described in the attached  Schedules that are
made a part of this Agreement as of today's date or in the future.

     "Service  Contract"  means  the Magic  Line  Participant  Service  Contract
executed by Magic Line and the Participant.

     "Settlement  Account"  means  the  deposit  account  maintained  by you for
settlement purposes.

     All  other   capitalized  terms  used  in  this  Agreement  will  have  the
definitions set forth in the Operating Rules.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE PROGRAM

     2.1 Services Selected and Payment.  Subject to the terms of this Agreement,
we offer to you, and you agree to accept,  the Services in  accordance  with the
standards of performance set forth in the Operating Rules.

     You  authorize  us to debit from the  Settlement  Account the amount of the
costs for the  Services,  as set forth from  time-to-time  in  Appendix A of our
Operating Rules.


                                       2
<PAGE>
     2.2  Settlement  Procedures.  (a) You agree to  establish  and maintain the
Settlement  Account with a balance  sufficient to accommodate  all  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.  We will credit or debit the Settlement  Account
for the aggregate net of any  transactions  processed by us for you. The time of
day and  frequency  that such  crediting or debiting will occur are set forth in
the Operating Rules.

          (b) We have the right to deduct  from any  credit  that we make to the
     Settlement Account any expenses authorized by this Agreement, and any other
     amount that we reasonably  determine we may need to offset any transactions
     involving you that may be reversed for any reason.

          (c) You agree that in the event of a  default,  we may take any action
     against funds held in the Settlement Account,  including but not limited to
     withdrawing  funds when such action is deemed necessary by us to protect us
     against any loss or liability that we reasonably  believe we may incur as a
     result of a breach of this  Agreement.  Our action  against the  Settlement
     Account  will be  limited  to the  amount  of any loss  that we  reasonably
     believe we may incur as a result of the breach,  and for the duration which
     we reasonably believe may be incurred.

          (d)  You  authorize  the   institution  at  which  you  maintain  your
     Settlement Account to act in accordance with instructions from us regarding
     funds  in the  Settlement  Account,  including  transferring  funds  in the
     Settlement  Account to us. You will  indemnify and hold us harmless for any
     action we may take against the  Settlement  Account which is taken pursuant
     to this section.  You will also indemnify and hold harmless the institution
     at which you maintain your Settlement Account for acting in accordance with
     any instruction from us regarding the Settlement Account. This section will
     survive termination of this Agreement.

                                       3
<PAGE>
     2.3  Confidential   Information.   You  acknowledge  that  our  technology,
including  but not limited to the method of  processing  transactions,  computer
programs,  message format,  and similar  matters has been developed  through the
expenditure of a significant amount of time, effort, and resources. You will not
use any of our  technology,  computer  programs,  procedures,  forms and related
materials  for any purpose  other than for the  Services and you agree that such
technologies  and materials are proprietary and  confidential,  constitute trade
secrets,  and that  disclosures  to others  may  result  in loss or  irreparable
damage.  You and your  employees  and  agents  will not  disclose  to others any
information  regarding Magic Line, this Agreement,  or the Services  without our
express written consent.

     2.4  Relationship  of the Parties.  By entering  into this  Agreement,  the
parties do not intend to establish,  and this Agreement will not be construed to
establish,  any partnership,  joint venture,  or agency relationship of any kind
between Magic Line and Participant.

     2.5  Limitation  of  Liability.  We will  perform  all of the  Services  in
accordance  with  this  Agreement,  the  schedules  that are made a part of this
Agreement,  and the  Operating  Rules.  We make no other  warranty,  express  or
implied,  with  respect to the  Services.  Nothing  contained  in the Magic Line
Documents will  constitute  such a warranty.  We will not be responsible for any
loss of profits or incidental,  indirect,  or consequential damages that you may
incur as a result of any breach of this  Agreement  by us, and our  liability in
other  situations  will be limited as set forth in the Operating  Rules. We will
not be responsible for any losses or claims by your customers.

     2.6 Supremacy of this Agreement. If any of the terms of the Operating Rules
conflict  with the terms of this  Agreement,  the terms of this  Agreement  will
prevail to the extent they are more specific.


                                       4
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III
      
                              TERM AND TERMINATION

     3.1 Term.  This Agreement will have an initial term of five (5) years.  The
Schedules  attached to this Agreement and made a part of this Agreement may each
have their own initial  terms.  After the initial term of this  Agreement,  this
Agreement will be automatically extended for the longer of (i) successive 1 year
periods on the same terms,  unless  either  party gives the other party  written
notice of termination at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the initial or
any  successive  term, or (ii) to the expiration  date of the attached  Schedule
which has the longest term. You agree that the term of your Service Contract and
your ability to  terminate  the Service  Contract as described in the  Operating
Rules are  amended to match those of this  Agreement.  You  acknowledge  that we
retain  the  right to  terminate  your  Service  Contract  or your  status  as a
participant as set forth in the Operating Rules.

     3.2. Termination. (a) In the event we terminate your Service Contract, this
Agreement will immediately and  automatically  terminate.  This Agreement may be
terminated by either party at the  expiration  of the initial or any  successive
term by  providing  written  notice of  non-renewal  as provided in Section 3.1.
Early  termination  by  you in  violation  of  these  provisions  (other  than a
termination by you in accordance with Section 3.4 based on a Magic Line Event of
Default  as  defined  in  Section  3.3)  will  result in the  imposition  of the
penalties  set forth in 3.2(b) of this  Agreement,  which you agree to pay. Upon
termination for any reason, you will cease using our trademarks immediately.  In
the event we amend the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement or any executed
Schedule in accordance  with the provisions of Section 5.1 and the changes would
cause you to violate any applicable  laws,  then you may terminate the Agreement

                                       5
<PAGE>
or the Schedule,  as applicable,  by providing us with 60 days written notice of
termination.  The provisions of this paragraph shall survive termination of this
Agreement.

          (b) In the event you terminate this  Agreement or any Schedule  during
     the initial or any successive term of the Agreement or Schedule, other than
     according to the provisions set forth above (an "Early  Termination"),  you
     agree that actual  damages would be difficult to calculate and you agree to
     pay us, as liquidated  damages,  an early  termination  penalty (the "Early
     Termination Penalty"). The Early Termination Penalty shall be calculated by
     multiplying your Average Monthly Billing by the remaining months (including
     fractional  months),  of the  then-current  term of this Agreement,  and/or
     Schedule as applicable,  and dividing by two (2).  Average  Monthly Billing
     shall be  calculated by totaling the Actual Fees and Charges to you for the
     three (3) then-most  recent full calendar months and dividing by three (3).
     If there is an Early Termination of the entire  Agreement,  the Actual Fees
     and Charges  shall be  comprised  of all fees and charges to be paid by you
     under this  Agreement.  If there is an Early  Termination  of a Schedule or
     Schedules,  but not the whole Agreement,  the Actual Fees and Charges shall
     be  comprised  of only  such fees and  changes  to be paid by you under the
     terminated Schedule(s).

     In the event of an Early  Termination,  you also agree to pay the full cost
of any card  inventory,  personalized  forms  and/or  other  stock  that we have
ordered  or  prepared  for  you.  In  addition,  you  acknowledge  that an Early
Termination  shall not limit or  otherwise  affect your  obligations  during the
period prior to the effective date of the termination,  or your obligations with
respect  to  transactions,  fees or any  other  charges  affected  prior to such
effective date, each of which shall survive the Early Termination.


                                       6
<PAGE>
     3.3 Events of Default. Each of the following occurrences will constitute an
Event of Default under this Agreement:

          (a) Either  party  fails to pay the other party on time any amount due
     and such failure continues for a period of 30 days after written notice has
     been sent by the other party.

          (b) Either party: (1) files for bankruptcy, dissolution or any similar
     proceeding,  or (2) has such a  proceeding  instituted  against  it and the
     proceeding is not dismissed within 60 days.

          (c) Any representation or warranty made by either party proves to have
     been false or  misleading  in any material  respect as of the date made, or
     becomes false or misleading during the term of this Agreement.

          (d) Either  party fails to perform  any  material  condition  or other
     obligation specified in this Agreement and such failure is not cured within
     15 days of  written  notice to the  breaching  party.  Notwithstanding  the
     above,  if one party has notified the other of 2 occurrences of a breach of
     a material  obligation  of this  Agreement,  the third such failure will be
     deemed an Event of Default.

          (e) You:  (1)  engage  in  activities  which  repeatedly  violate  the
     Operating Rules, (2) operate in an unsound, unsafe manner, or (3) engage in
     activities which damage the goodwill of Magic Line.

     3.4  Remedies.   Upon  the   occurrence   of  an  Event  of  Default,   the
non-defaulting  party will have the right to:  (a)  immediately  terminate  this
Agreement in whole or in part upon written notice to the defaulting  party,  and
(b) all other  remedies  available at law or in equity which the  non-defaulting
party  may  elect to  pursue,  either  successively  or  concurrently,  all such
remedies being cumulative.


                                        7
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     4.1  Representations  and  Warranties  of  Participant.  You  represent and
warrant to Magic Line that:

          (a) Participant is a corporation  authorized,  validly existing and in
     good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State  indicated  in,  and has its
     principal office located in the State indicated in the opening paragraph of
     this Agreement.

          (b) You have full  authority  and  corporate  power to enter into this
     Agreement and to perform the obligations of this Agreement.

          (c) Your performance of this Agreement will not violate any applicable
     law or  regulation  or any  agreement  to which you may now or hereafter be
     bound.

          d) This  Agreement  represents a valid  obligation of you and is fully
     enforceable against you.

          (e) You will  comply  with the  terms of this  Agreement  and with the
     Operating Rules.

          (f) You will be solely  responsible for compliance with all applicable
     federal and state laws,  regulations,  and rules  relating to  transactions
     with your  customers and this  Agreement,  including but not limited to the
     Electronic  Fund  Transfer  Act,  15 USC  1693  et  seq.,  Federal  Reserve
     Regulation E, 12 CFR ss.205.1 et seq.,  and the Michigan  Electronic  Funds
     Transfers Act, MCLA 488.1 et seq.

                                        8
<PAGE>
     4.2 Representations and Warranties of Magic Line. Magic Line represents and
warrants to you that:

          (a) Magic Line is a Delaware  corporation  duly authorized and validly
     existing under the laws of Delaware,  having its principal  offices located
     in Michigan.

          (b) Magic Line has full  authority and  corporate  power to enter into
     this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

          (c) This Agreement  represents a valid obligation of Magic Line and is
     fully enforceable against Magic Line.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                  GENERAL TERMS

     5.1  Amendment.  We may amend this Agreement at any time.  Such  amendments
will be  effective  60 days after  being  mailed by  first-class  mail,  postage
prepaid, to the Participant, or at such later date as may be stipulated by Magic
Line.  The  continued  use of the  Services,  after the  effective  date of such
amendment will be deemed to be acceptance by you of such amendment.  The noticed
amendment will govern all transactions occurring after the amendment's effective
date.

     5.2 Assignment.  You may not assign this Agreement or the rights under this
Agreement without our prior written consent. This Agreement will be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the respective  successors and permitted  assigns of
the parties.  We may use third  parties to deliver  Services to you without your
consent, but with 30 days prior notice.

     5.3 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State
of Michigan.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     5.4 Operating  Rules.  You acknowledge that you have been provided with and
reviewed copies of the Operating Rules.

     5.5 Notice.  Any notice  required by this  Agreement will be effective when
personally  delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail to the following
addresses, unless we are notified in writing of changes to your address:

         Magic Line, Inc.
         5111 Auto Club Drive
         Suite 110
         Dearborn, MI 48126-2684
         Attn:    Product Manager

         Participant: Macatawa Bank
         Address contained on signature page of this Agreement.

     5.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the attached Schedules,  which are
incorporated  into the Agreement,  sets forth the entire  understanding  between
Magic Line and Participant with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

     5.7  Enforceability of Rights.  Either party may delay enforcing its rights
under this  Agreement or forego the exercise of those rights  without losing any
of them.

     5.8 Voidness.  If any provision of this Agreement is  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction,  such  unenforceability will not affect the enforceability of such
provision in any other jurisdiction or the enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement in that, or any other, jurisdiction.

     5.9 Captions.  The captions used in this Agreement are for the  convenience
of reference  only and in no way define or describe the intent of any  provision
of this Agreement.

                                       10
<PAGE>
     5. 10 Submission of Financial  Statements.  You will submit annual  audited
financial  statements  to Magic Line  within 15 days of the  completion  of such
statements.  We may at anytime conduct financial and procedural audits of you to
confirm compliance with this Agreement.

     5.11 Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be
the language  chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent,  and no rule
of strict construction will be applied against any party.

     The parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers.

MAGIC LINE, INC.                             MACATAWA BANK
                                             Participant [Please Print Name]

By: /s/ David A. Lind                        By: /s/ Nancy L. Dekker
      [Signature]                               [Signature]
Name: David A. Lind                          Name: Nancy L. Dekker
      [Please Print Name]                       [Please Print Name]
   Its: COO                                     Its: Relationship Banker
      [Please Print Title]                      [Please Print Title]



                                         Address of Participant: (For purposes
                                         of receiving any notices under this
                                         Agreement)
                                         [Please Print]

                                         106 E. Eighth Street
                                         Holland, MI 49423



                                       11
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A


                                LIST OF SERVICES

                                                  Effective      Term Expiration
Schedule    Description of Schedule                 Date               Date

A-1         Cardbase Services                     10-1-97            10-1-02

A-2         ATM Terminal Driving

A-3         Home Banking Services

A-4         Off-Line Debit Card Services          10-1-97            10-1-02

A-5         ATM Servicing

A-6         On-Line Debit Card Services

A-7         National Access                       10-1-97            10-1-02

A-10        Pre-Paid Calling Cards

A-11        ATM Direct


                     Date of this Exhibit A: October 1, 1997


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
                                  Schedule A-1

                      Specifications for Cardbase Services

     This  Schedule is a part of and  incorporated  into the Magic Line  Product
Services  Agreement  between  you and  Magic  Line.  Terms not  defined  in this
Schedule shall have the definitions  set forth in the Agreement.  We have agreed
with you to provide the services indicated (the "Cardbase  Services") at the end
of this Schedule.

     Cardbase  Services  will be  conducted  in  accordance  with the  following
specifications (as applicable):

     1. Cardholders of Participant. You will notify us, as provided in the Magic
Line Documents,  of your customers  ("Cardholders of Participant")  for which we
are to provide these services.

     2. Cardholder Authorizations.  The Cardholder Authorization service will be
conducted in accordance with one of the following specifications:

          A.  Positive  File.  Authorization  is performed  based on  individual
     cardholder records and specific limits for ATM and POS activity.

          B. Negative  File.  Authorization  is performed  based on  institution
     level parameters. Only Negative status cardholder records are maintained.

          C.  Positive  Balance  File.   Authorization  is  performed  based  on
     individual  cardholder  records,  specific limits for ATM and POS activity,
     and against the account balances  submitted by the Participant or its Agent
     and maintained on the switch.

          D. Positive File with Host Balances.  Authorization is performed based
     on  individual  cardholder  records  and  specific  limits  for ATM and POS
     activity.  Account  balances are verified  against the  Participant's  Host
     system.

          The Cardholder  Authorization  criteria  checking  parameters  include
     available  balances,  daily limits,  daily uses,  expiration date checking,
     status checking, PIN validation and invalid PIN tries.

     3. Cardbase  Management.  The Cardbase Management service will be conducted
in accordance with the following specifications:

          A. The Cardbase Management will be supported utilizing Magic Line's PC
     based  programs as described in the Magic Line  Documents.  These  programs
     will  provide  for  on-line  maintenance  of the  Participant's  cardholder
     records.  Maintenance functionality includes the ability to add, delete and
     update cardholder records by the Participant.

                                  Schedule A-1
                                     Page 1
<PAGE>
     4. Card Preparation.

     The Card  Preparation  service  shall be conducted in  accordance  with the
following specifications:

          A.  Issuance  of Cards.  We will issue new debit  cards  and/or  other
     access  devices  for your  customers.  Card  orders  must be  submitted  as
     required  by the Magic Line  Documents.  If the card  orders  are  properly
     submitted,   we  will   process  or  cause  to  be   processed   the  cards
     expeditiously, and such cards shall be mailed, via first class mail, within
     ten (10) days after we receive the request for a new card.

     The access cards will be generated in our standard format,  as set forth in
the  Operating  Rules.  You may  select a card  format  from  the base  packages
described  in the Magic  Line  Documents.  If you  desire to have  custom  cards
created, prices will be negotiated based on the card design.

          B. Issuance of PIN  Information.  If applicable,  we will mail the PIN
     information  to your  customers.  The PIN will be mailed,  via first  class
     mail, separately from the cards.

     5.  Additional  Specifications.  Additional  specifications  for  and  base
Services may be set forth in the Magic Line Documents.

INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THIS PARTICIPANT [PLEASE PRINT]:

Name of Participant:                        Macatawa Bank
Date of this Schedule:                      October 1, 1997
Initial Term of this Schedule:              Five (5) years
Cardbase Services Selected [Please Initial]:

               X           Cardholder Authorization
               X           Cardbase Management
               X           Card Preparation


MAGIC LINE, INC.                               MACATAWA BANK

By:   /s/ David A. Lind                        By: /s/ Nancy L. Dekker
      [Signature]                                    [Signature]
Name: David A Lind                             Name: Nancy L. Dekker
      [Please Print Name]                            [Please Print Name]

Its:  COO                                      Its:
      [Please Print Title]                           [Please Print Title]



                                  Schedule A-1
                                     Page 2
<PAGE>
                                  Schedule A-4

                          Off-line Debit Card Services

     This  Schedule is a part of and  incorporated  into the Magic Line  Product
Services  Agreement  between  you and  Magic  Line.  Terms not  defined  in this
Schedule shall have the definitions set forth in this Agreement.

     You  have  agreed  to  participate  in the  off-line  debit  card  programs
identified  at the end of this  Schedule.  Off-Line  Debit Card Services will be
conducted in accordance with the following specifications:

     1.  Basic  Services.  We will  perform  Debit  Card  transaction  services,
including  authorization,  processing,  and settlement.  We agree to perform all
services in accordance  with this  Agreement,  the  Operating  Rules and Visa or
MasterCard rules, as applicable.  You agree to meet all obligations specified in
the Operating Rules as they pertain to authorization,  processing and settlement
procedures and requirements.  You agree to force post settlement transactions to
cardholder accounts.

     2. Optional  Services.  The following  additional  optional services may be
selected by you:

          A.  Chargeback  Customer  Service.   Chargeback   processing  involves
     document  preparation,  on-line entry of chargebacks  according to VISA and
     MasterCard rules and regulations and tracking  chargebacks once the process
     has been initiated.

          B. Lost/Stolen Rcporting.  Extends lost/stolen reporting capability by
     offering  a toll  free  telephone  number  (1-800-766-LOST,  or 5678)  that
     cardholders  may call 24 hours a day,  7 days a week,  to  report a lost or
     stolen card. Upon receiving a call, a Cardholder  Lost/Stolen Report (STRP)
     will be completed and the card account will  immediately have a lost/stolen
     status code placed upon it.  Participants will receive a daily report which
     provides data from the STRP.

     3.  Communications and Equipment.  We agree to develop and provide you with
any  software  that may be necessary  for current and future  access to the Visa
Check or MasterMoney processing system, as applicable.

     4.  Sponsorship.  As long as you meet our financial  requirements,  we will
sponsor  you into  Visa or  MasterCard  if it is  required  in order  for you to
participate in the off-line debit card program.

                                  Schedule A-4
                                     Page 1
<PAGE>
     5.  Compliance  with Laws and  Regulations.  We will each  comply  with all
applicable Visa or MasterCard  rules and other regional or national  interchange
or  electronic  fund  transfer  standards  including  requirements  of state and
federal law.

     6.  Indemnification.  You will  indemnify  and  hold us and our  directors,
officers,  employees,  affiliates  and agents,  harmless  from all  proceedings,
claims,  liabilities and expenses  whatsoever  (including attorney fees) arising
out of the  Services,  your  business or your  Cardholders,  or by any reason of
breach of non-performance of any of your employees, agents or customers, except,
however, where such is due to the sole negligence of Magic Line.

     7. Additional Specifications.  Additional specifications for Off-Line Debit
Card Services may be set forth in the Magic Line Documents.

INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THIS PARTICIPANT [PLEASE PRINT]:

Name of Participant:                                 Macatawa Bank
Date of this Schedule:                               October 1, 1997
Initial Term of this Schedule:                       Five (5) years
Basic Services Selected [Please Initial]:

                           VISA Check
                      X    MasterMoney

Optional Services Selected  [Please Initial]:

                       X   Chargeback Customer Service
                       X   Lost-Stolen Reporting


MAGIC LINE, INC.                                 MACATAWA BANK

By:  /s/ David A. Lind                           By: /s/ Nancy L. Dekker
       [Signature]                                     [Signature]
Name: David A. Lind                              Name: Nancy L. Dekker
       [Please Print Name]                             [Please Print Name]

   Its: COO                                          Its: Relationship Banker
       [Please Print Title]                            [Please Print Title]





                                  Schedule A-4
                                     Page 2
<PAGE>
                                  Schedule A-7

                       Specifications for National Access

     This  Schedule is a part of and  incorporated  into the Magic Line  Product
Services  Agreement  between  you and  Magic  Line.  Terms not  defined  in this
Schedule shall have the definitions set forth in this Agreement.

     The National  Access  selected at the end of this Schedule will be provided
in accordance with the following specifications (as applicable):


INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THIS PARTICIPANT [PLEASE PRINT]:

Name of Participant:                        Macatawa Bank
Date of this Schedule:                      October 1, 1997
Initial Term of this Schedule:              Five (5) years
National Access Selected  [Please Initial]:

                            Plus
                       X    Cirrus
                            Duality At Terminal


MAGIC LINE, INC.                               MACATAWA BANK
                                               Participant [Please Print Name]

By: /s/ David A. Lind                          By: /s/ Nancy L. Dekker
      [Signature]                                  [Signature]
Name: David A. Lind                            Name: Nancy L. Dekker
      [Please Print Name]                          [Please Print Name]

Its:  COO                                      Its: Relationship Banker
      [Please Print Title]                         [Please Print Title]


                                  Schedule A-7
                                     Page 1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.10



                        FTB PARTICIPATING BANK AGREEMENT
                             (Merchant Solicitation)
<PAGE>
     THIS AGREEMENT,  made this 24th day of October,  1997, by and between FIRST
TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national  banking  association with its
principal place of business in Memphis,  Tennessee,  hereinafter  referred to as
"FTB," and Macatawa Bank, a State Bank located in Zeeland Michigan,  hereinafter
referred to as"Participating Bank."

     WHEREAS,  FTB  is a  member  of  VISA  U.S.A.,  Incorporated  ("VISA")  and
MasterCard International, Inc. ("MasterCard"), and is engaged in the business of
processing  transactions  in  connection  with  the  use of  Cards  (hereinafter
defined)  issued  pursuant  to systems  established  and  developed  by VISA and
MasterCard; and

     WHEREAS,  Participating  Bank desires to enter into an arrangement with FTB
pursuant to which participating Bank may introduce to FTB Merchants (hereinafter
defined) that desire to enter into  Merchant  Agreements  (hereinafter  defined)
with FTB for the processing of Card transactions through FTB;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual  obligations,  promises and
covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings
hereinafter set out:

          "Card"  means any credit or debit card bearing the service name of one
     of the Card Associations.

          "Card Associations" means VISA and MasterCard.

          "Cardholder" means any person,  corporation,  or other legal entity to
     whom a Card has been issued.

          "Card  Item" means a sales  draft,  credit  voucher,  or other form of
     evidence of a Card transaction,  whether written, electronic,  magnetic, or
     otherwise;  and  "transaction"  refers  to  credits  as well as  debits  to
     Cardholders.
<PAGE>
          "Merchant" means any seller of goods and/or services which has entered
     into a Merchant Agreement with FTB for the processing of Card transactions.

          "Merchant  Agreement"  means the agreement  between FTB and a Merchant
     pursuant to which FTB provides merchant processing services with respect to
     Cards (and other credit and debit cards).

          "Operating  Regulations"  means the  operating  rules and  regulations
     issued by the Card Associations, as amended from time to time.

     1. Merchant Accounts.  Participating Bank will refer prospective  Merchants
to FTB. FTB will decide, in its sole discretion, whether to accept or reject any
proposed  Merchant and  thereafter  whether to terminate any Merchant  Agreement
which is entered  into.  All Merchant  Agreements  signed  pursuant to the terms
hereof and the merchant  accounts  relating  thereto are the sole and  exclusive
property and responsibility of FTB.

     2. Merchant Deposits and Chargebacks.  Participating  Bank will accept from
nonelectronic draft capture Merchants the deposit of sales drafts and other Card
Items. Upon receiving such deposits from a Merchant,  Participating Bank, at the
end of each day, will forward the transactions to FTB for credit.  Participating
Bank shall be  responsible  for risk of loss in transit of such Card Items until
received by FTB. With respect to those  Merchants only, FTB shall be entitled to
debit  Participating  Bank's  Deposit  Account  for any Card Item which has been
charged  back  to FTB for any  reason  by or  through  VISA  or  MasterCard,  as
applicable,  or  is  otherwise  subject  to  chargeback  for  any  reason  under
applicable Operating Regulations,  after FTB has first attempted to collect such
amount   directly  from  the  Merchant  by  automated   clearing   house  debit.
Participating  Bank will use its best  efforts to collect such amounts from such
Merchants, by debiting their deposit accounts at Participating Bank. However, if
Participating  Bank is unable to collect all or any portion of such amounts from
such Merchants,  it shall notify FTB, and FTB will reimburse  Participating Bank
for any portion of such amount which Participating Bank is unable to collect.

     3. Fees and Charges.  FTB shall pay Participating Bank the fees and charges
provided in Exhibit "A," attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
<PAGE>
     4. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon less than
thirty (30) days' prior  written  notice of  termination  by either party to the
other party,  after which time neither  party shall have any  obligation  to the
other hereunder.

     5. Other Credit and Debit Cards Arrangements.  Each party acknowledges that
the other  from time to time may  enter  into  arrangements  with  sponsors  and
issuers of credit and debit cards other than the Card Associations, but that the
arrangements and agreements  between FTB and Participating  Bank hereunder shall
relate  only to VISA and  MasterCard  and the  Cards  issued  pursuant  to their
respective systems.

     6.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of
Tennessee.


     EXECUTED by the parties hereto as of the date first hereinabove stated.

                                       FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL
                                       ASSOCIATION

                                       By: /s/ Donna Burns
                                       Title: Vice President

                                                                             FTB

                                       /s/ Phil Koning
                                       By: Phil Koning
                                       Title: President

                                                              PARTICIPATING BANK
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT "A"

     Compensation to  Participating  Bank for Card Items received for processing
by FTB from Merchants  referred by Participating Bank shall be ten percent (10%)
of the amount of merchant discount actually collected from such Merchants during
the term of this Agreement,  as provided in the Merchant  Agreement  between FTB
and any such Merchant.
<PAGE>
                            FTB MEMBER BANK AGREEMENT
                                 (Card Issuance)

     THIS AGREEMENT,  made this 24th day of October,  1997, by and between FIRST
TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national  banking  association with its
principal place of business in Memphis,  Tennessee,  hereinafter  referred to as
"FTB," and Macatawa Bank, a , located in Zeeland, Michigan, hereinafter referred
to as "Member Bank."

     WHEREAS,  FTB  is a  member  of  VISA  U.S.A.,  Incorporated  ("VISA")  and
MasterCard International, Inc. ("MasterCard"), and is engaged in the business of
processing  transactions  in  connection  with  the  use of  Cards  (hereinafter
defined)  issued  pursuant  to systems  established  and  developed  by VISA and
MasterCard; and

     WHEREAS, Member Bank desires to enter into an arrangement with FTB pursuant
to which Member Bank may submit Cardholder (hereinafter defined) applications to
FTB for approval;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual  obligations,  promises and
covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings
hereinafter set out:

          "Card"  means any credit or debit card bearing the service name of one
     of the Card Associations.

          "Card Associations" means VISA and MasterCard.

          "Cardholder" means any person,  corporation,  or other legal entity to
     whom a Card has been issued.

          "Operating  Regulations"  means the  operating  rules and  regulations
     issued by the Card Associations, as amended from time to time.

     1.  Membership  in  MasterCard  and VISA.  Promptly  after  executing  this
Agreement,  Member Bank will (a) apply for membership as a non-voting  associate
member of  MasterCard  and/or  VISA and at all times  until  termination  of the
Agreement  will  maintain  such  memberships  in  good
<PAGE>
standing;  (b) pay all membership and other fees as such Card  Associations  may
from  time to  time  require;  and (c)  execute  such  applications,  membership
agreements,  license  agreements,  and change of  sponsorship  forms as shall be
required by either Card  Association  or FTB in  connection  with Member  Bank's
participation  hereunder.  Member Bank agrees to comply with and be bound by all
Operating Regulations, bylaws, operating manuals, operating letters, procedures,
and policies of MasterCard  and VISA as now or hereafter in effect,  and as from
time to tune amended or supplemented.  Member Bank  acknowledges  that it has no
ownership or other  interest in the service  marks of VISA,  MasterCard  or FTB.
Member  Bank  agrees  that  it will  use  all  service  marks,  trademarks,  and
registered symbols of VISA,  MasterCard and FTB, on printed material or in other
advertising  media,  only in the manner approved by applicable Card Associations
and/or FTB. Member Bank understands and agrees that VISA, MasterCard and FTB may
take whatever action is necessary to protect, preserve, and prevent infringement
of their  respective  marks and  symbols.  In the event that this  Agreement  is
terminated for any reason,  Member Bank will immediately cease using all service
marks,  trademarks,  symbols,  and  materials  related  in any  way to the  Card
Associations or FTB.

     2. Issuance of Cards. Using Cardholder applications approved by FTB, Member
Bank will  actively  solicit  and  receive  applications  for  Cards,  including
cross-selling to Member Bank's existing customers, and will forward applications
received  to FTB at the address  designated  by FTB from time to time within two
(2) business days of receipt of the completed application.  All credit decisions
will be made by FTB and the  acceptance  or rejection of any  application  for a
Card shall be within the sole discretion of FTB. Member Bank shall not prescreen
Cardholder  applicants  or  applications;   and  Member  Bank  shall  have  full
responsibility  for actions of its employees in marketing  Cards to  prospective
Cardholders.  On approved  Cardholder  applications,  FTB will mail  appropriate
materials   describing  the  use  thereof  and  all  required   Truth-in-Lending
disclosures  to the  Cardholder.  Cards  issued will  contain the name of FTB as
issuer,  but if and for so long as FTB and Member Bank agree, and subject to any
charges  herein set out, may display the name and service mark of Member Bank on
the front side thereof.  Upon any termination of this  Agreement,  FTB shall not
issue further Cards bearing  Member Bank's name and service mark.  However,  FTB
shall have a  continuing  license to use Member  Bank's name and service mark on
Cards which are outstanding at the time of such termination; and FTB will not be
required to cancel any Card issued or  Cardholder  account  opened prior to such
termination.

     3. Cardholders.  The issuance to and use of a Card by each Cardholder whose
name is  supplied  by Member  Bank shall be subject  to a contract  between  the
Cardholder and FTB. All Cards issued by FTB, Cardholder accounts, income derived
therefrom,  outstanding balances in respect
<PAGE>
thereto  and all  applications  and all  records  associated  with  the Card and
Cardholder  shall be the  property of FTB.  Member Bank shall have no  ownership
rights with respect to Cards for which  applications  are  submitted  hereunder,
regardless of whether Member Bank's service mark appears thereon or on any other
statement or materials in  connection  therewith.  Member Bank shall not sell or
otherwise transfer information relating to any Cardholder to any other person or
entity without the written permission of FTB.

     4.  Statements and Payments.  With respect to Cards issued by FTB, FTB will
cause periodic statements to be rendered to each Cardholder.  Except in the case
of  Cardholders  whose  accounts  are  delinquent,  Member Bank will  discourage
Cardholders  from  making  payments  to  Member  Bank on  their  Card  accounts.
Nonetheless,  any  payments  received by Member Bank on Card  accounts  shall be
remitted by Member Bank to FTB at the  address  designated  by FTB no later than
the  business  day  following  the business day of receipt of the payment by the
Member Bank.

     5. Exclusive Dealing.  Member Bank agrees that as long as this Agreement is
in effect, it will deal exclusively with FTB in connection with Cards and submit
Card application solely to FTB for approval or disapproval.

     6. Fees and Charges.  FTB shall pay Member Bank,  and Member Bank shall pay
FTB,  the  fees and  charges  provided  in  Exhibit  "A,"  attached  hereto  and
incorporated herein by reference.

     7. Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon not less
than (30) days' prior written notice of termination by either party to the other
party,  after which time neither  party shall have any  obligation  to the other
hereunder.
<PAGE>
     8.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of
Tennessee.

     EXECUTED by the parties hereto as of the date first hereinabove stated.

                                       FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL
                                       ASSOCIATION

                                       By: /s/ Donna Burns
                                       Title: Vice President

                                                                             FTB


                                        /s/ Phil Koning
                                        By: Phil Koning
                                        Title: President

                                                                     MEMBER BANK
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT "A"

     Compensation  to Member Bank for  approved  Cardholders  referred by Member
Bank shall be $20.00 per new Cardholder account (not including  renewals),  plus
five  percent  (5%) of  Finance  Charges  collected  by FTB on  such  Cardholder
accounts during the term of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
                            FTB MEMBER BANK AGREEMENT
                                 (Cash Advances)
<PAGE>
     THIS AGREEMENT,  made this 24th day of October,  1997, by and between FIRST
TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national  banking  association with its
principal place of business in Memphis,  Tennessee,  hereinafter  referred to as
"FTB,"  and  Macatawa  Bank,  a  State  bank,  located  in  Zeeland,   Michigan,
hereinafter referred to as "Member Bank."

     WHEREAS,  FTB  is a  member  of  VISA  U.S.A.,  Incorporated  ("VISA")  and
MasterCard International, Inc. ("MasterCard"), and is engaged in the business of
processing  transactions  in  connection  with  the  use of  Cards  (hereinafter
defined)  issued  pursuant  to systems  established  and  developed  by VISA and
MasterCard; and

     WHEREAS, Member Bank desires to enter into an arrangement with FTB pursuant
to which Member Bank may make cash advances to Cardholders and transmit the Card
Items (hereinafter defined) resulting therefrom to FTB for processing;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual  obligations,  promises and
covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings
hereinafter set out:

          "Card"  means any credit or debit card bearing the service name of one
     of the Card Associations.

          "Card Associations" means VISA and MasterCard.

          "Cardholder" means any person,  corporation,  or other legal entity to
     whom a Card has been issued.

          "Card Item" means a Cash Advance ticket or other form of evidence of a
     Card transaction,  whether written, electronic, magnetic, or otherwise; and
     "transaction" refers to credits as well as debits to Cardholders.
<PAGE>
          "Cash  Advance"  means  the  advance  of  cash  by  Member  Bank  to a
     Cardholder  through  the use of a Card  pursuant  to  applicable  Operating
     Regulations;  provided,  however,  that for purposes of this Agreement Cash
     Advances shall not include advances to Cardholders by means of an automatic
     teller  machine  ("ATM"),  such advances by means of ATM's being subject to
     another agreement.

          "Operating  Regulations"  means the  operating  rules and  regulations
     issued by the Card Associations, as amended from time to time.

     1.  Membership  in  MasterCard  and VISA.  Promptly  after  executing  this
Agreement,  Member Bank will (a) apply for membership as a non-voting  associate
member of  MasterCard  and/or  VISA and at all times  until  termination  of the
Agreement  will  maintain  such  memberships  in  good  standing;  (b)  pay  all
membership  and  other  fees as such  Card  Associations  may from  time to time
require;  and (c) execute  such  applications,  membership  agreements,  license
agreements,  and change of sponsorship forms as shall be required by either Card
Association  or FTB in connection  with Member Bank's  participation  hereunder.
Member  Bank agrees to comply  with and be bound by all  Operating  Regulations,
bylaws,  operating  manuals,  operating  letters,  procedures,  and  policies of
MasterCard  and VISA as now or  hereafter  in  effect,  and as from time to time
amended or supplemented.  Member Bank  acknowledges  that it has no ownership or
other  interest in the service  marks of VISA,  MasterCard  or FTB.  Member Bank
agrees that it will use all service marks, trademarks, and registered symbols of
VISA,  MasterCard and FTB, on printed  material or in other  advertising  media,
only in the manner approved by applicable Card  Associations  and/or FTB. Member
Bank  understands  and agrees that VISA,  MasterCard  and FTB may take  whatever
action is  necessary to protect,  preserve,  and prevent  infringement  of their
respective marks and symbols. In the event that this Agreement is terminated for
any  reason,  Member  Bank  will  immediately  cease  using all  service  marks,
trademarks,  symbols,  and materials related in any way to the Card Associations
or FTB.

     2. Cash  Advances by Member Bank.  Member Bank shall make Cash  Advances to
Cardholders subject to and in the manner prescribed by the Operating Regulations
of the applicable Card Association for the amount requested,  except that Member
Bank  shall  not be  required  to make any Cash  Advance  for any sum less  than
$50.00.  Prior to making a Cash  Advance,  Member  Bank will  obtain  electronic
authorization  using a magnetic  stripe reading  terminal in accordance with the
Operating Regulations of the applicable Card Association.  The Member Bank shall
not charge the  Cardholder a fee for a Cash  Advance.  With respect to each Cash
Advance,  Member Bank  warrants,  by  transferring,  depositing,  forwarding for
clearing, and receiving value therefor, that:
<PAGE>
          (a) Member Bank has complied  with the  Operating  Regulations  of the
     applicable Card Association; and

          (b) Member  Bank has given  cash in the amount  shown on the Card Item
     for the Cash Advance to the person signing same; and

          (c) With  respect to the Card used in  connection  with each such Cash
     Advance,  that the signature on the Card Item representing the Cash Advance
     is the  signature  of the  Cardholder  of such  Card,  and that the Card is
     genuine.

     3. Member Bank Deposit Account.  Unless FTB shall agree  otherwise,  Member
Bank shall  maintain  a balance in a deposit  account  ("Member  Bank's  Deposit
Account")  with FTB for the crediting  and  debiting,  as between FTB and Member
Bank, of Cash Advances made at Member Bank. Member Bank shall be liable, and FTB
is hereby  authorized to debit Member Bank's Deposit  Account,  for the fees set
forth in Exhibit "A"; for any charges or fines  imposed by VISA or MasterCard as
a result  of any act or  omission  of  Member  Bank or its  non-compliance  with
applicable Operating  Regulations;  for any loss or damage resulting from breach
by Member Bank of any of its covenants, representations or warranties hereunder,
for the fun  amount  of any Cash  Advance  made by Member  Bank  which is not in
compliance  with the  provisions of  applicable  Operating  Regulations  or this
Agreement; for the amount of any Cash Advance made by Member Bank which has been
charged  back  to FTB for any  reason  by or  through  VISA  or  MasterCard,  as
applicable,  or is otherwise  subject to chargeback under  applicable  Operating
Regulations.  In the event that the balance in Member Bank's Deposit  Account is
insufficient  to pay all such amounts,  Member Bank shall pay the amount of such
insufficiency to FTB immediately upon demand.

     4. Exclusive Dealing.  Member Bank agrees that as long as this Agreement is
in effect,  it will submit cash  advance  Card  transactions  solely to FTB with
regard to the Card Associations.

     5. Fees and Charges.  FTB shall pay Member Bank,  and Member Bank shall pay
FIB,  the  fees and  charges  provided  in  Exhibit  "A,"  attached  hereto  and
incorporated herein by reference.

     6. Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon not less
than thirty (30) days' prior written  notice of  termination  by either party to
the other party.  All Card Items  processed on or prior to the effective date of
termination  specified  in  such  notice  shall  be  subject  to all
<PAGE>
terms and conditions of this Agreement including,  but not limited to, the right
of chargeback hereinabove specified, regardless of whether the chargeback arises
after  such  effective  date of  termination.  All  warranties  of  Member  Bank
hereunder  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect  without  regard  to such
termination.  In the  event of a  default  by  Member  Bank in any terms of this
Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated by FTB immediately by written notice
to Member Bank.

     7.  Notice.  Any notice  required  to be given in this  Agreement  shall be
deemed sufficient when given by certified mail or hand delivered as follows:

                  TO MEMBER BANK:              Macatawa Bank
                                               51 East Main Street
                                               Zeeland, MI 49464


                  TO FTB:                      FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL
                                               ASSOCIATION
                                               300 Court Avenue
                                               Memphis, Tennessee 38103
                                               ATTN: Manager, Merchant Services

     1. Amendment. Amendments to this Agreement which are required by applicable
Operating  Regulations  may be made in  writing  from time to time by FTB.  Such
amendments  will be mailed to Member  Bank at least  thirty  (30) days  prior to
implementation unless implementation sooner than thirty (30) days is required by
the applicable Card Association or is necessary,  in FTB's judgment,  to prevent
noncompliance with applicable Operating Regulations. Member Bank will be subject
to the  provisions of all such  amendments  unless Member Bank  terminates  this
Agreement as provided herein.

     2. Other Credit and Debit Card  Arrangements.  Each party acknowledges that
the other  from time to time may  enter  into  arrangements  with  sponsors  and
issuers of credit and debit cards other than the Card Associations, but that the
arrangements  and agreements  between FTB and Member Bank hereunder shall relate
only to VISA and  ManerCard  and the Cards issued  pursuant to their  respective
systems.

     3.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of
Tennessee.
<PAGE>
     4. Venue and Jury Trial  Waiver.  No suit or action  shall be  commenced by
Member Bank with respect to any of the matters to which this  Agreement  relates
or any transactions entered into or processed pursuant to this Agreement,  other
than in a state  court in the County and State in which the  principal  place of
business  of FTB is  located  or in the  United  States  District  Court for the
District in which the  principal  place of  business of FTB is located,  and not
elsewhere.  Nothing herein shall prohibit FTB from instituting suit in any court
of competent  jurisdiction for the enforcement of its rights  hereunder.  IN ANY
ACTION OR PROCEEDING  INVOLVING THIS AGREEMENT OR  TRANSACTIONS  ENTERED INTO OR
PROCESSED  PURSUANT TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  MEMBER BANK AND FTB HEREBY  WAIVE THEIR
RIGHTS TO DEMAND A JURY TRIAL.

     5. Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between
FTB and Member Bank with respect to the subject matter hereof unless enlarged or
modified by supplement in writing signed by FTB and Member Bank.

     EXECUTED by the parties hereto as of the date first hereinabove stated.

                                       FIRST TENNESSEE BANK NATIONAL
                                       ASSOCIATION


                                       By: /s/ Donna Burns
                                       Title: Vice President

                                                                             FTB


                                       /s/ Phil Koning
                                       By: Phil Koning
                                       Title: President

                                                                     MEMBER BANK
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT"A"

     For each Cash Advance by Member  Bank,  FTB will pay Member Bank the amount
of interchange  received by FTB from the  applicable  Card  Association,  less a
processing fee (to be retained by FTB) in the amount of  Seventy-Five  Cents (75
cents) per Cash  Advance.  Member  Bank will pay the cost of  equipment  used by
Member Bank in Cash Advance transactions.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.1



                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUTANTS

We hereby  consent  to the use of our  report  dated  February  25,  1998 on the
financial  statements of Macatawa Bank Corporation for the period ended December
31, 1997,  to be included  within this  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 and
Prospectus of Macatawa Bank Corporation.  We also consent to the use of our name
as "Experts" in the Prospectus.



                                             /s/ Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
                                                 Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan
March 13, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   2-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   FEB-28-1998
<CASH>                                            764,748
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                                  0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                  500,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                        0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    14,000,000
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         14,000,000
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           14,000,000
<LOANS>                                         7,562,015
<ALLOWANCE>                                      (114,000)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 23,833,280
<DEPOSITS>                                     16,124,420
<SHORT-TERM>                                            0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                47,911
<LONG-TERM>                                             0
                                   0
                                             0
<COMMON>                                        8,137,268
<OTHER-SE>                                              0
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 23,833,280
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                    50,633
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                 117,373
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                        0
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                  168,006
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                 60,767
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                      0
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                             107,289
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                     106,500
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                      0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                   312,594
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  (310,794)
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       (310,794)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                         0
<CHANGES>                                               0
<NET-INCOME>                                     (310,794)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        (.33)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                           0
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                       2.92
<LOANS-NON>                                             0
<LOANS-PAST>                                            0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                        0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                         0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                        0
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                           0
<RECOVERIES>                                            0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                 106,500
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                    0
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                     0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                           106,500
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission